Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 183

MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Chapter 9

Structural

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents.......................................................................................................................9-i
List of Tables............................................................................................................................ 9-xi
List of Figures .......................................................................................................................... 9-xi

9  Structural .............................................................................................................................. 9-1 


9.1  Functional Requirements ..............................................................................................9-1 
9.1.1  Definitions .............................................................................................................. 9-1 
9.1.2  Codes and Standards............................................................................................ 9-4 
9.1.3  Hierarchy of Design Codes ................................................................................... 9-6 
9.2  Design Requirements .................................................................................................9-8 
9.2.1  Design Method ...................................................................................................... 9-8 
9.2.1.1  New Structures .............................................................................................. 9-8 
9.2.1.2  Existing Structures ....................................................................................... 9-10 
9.2.1.3  Transportation Facilities Not MTA-Owned ................................................... 9-11 
9.2.1.4  Yard and Shop Facilities .............................................................................. 9-11 
9.2.2  Loads and Forces ................................................................................................ 9-11 
9.2.2.1  Dead Load (DL) ........................................................................................... 9-12 
9.2.2.2  Live Load (LL) .............................................................................................. 9-15 
9.2.2.2.1  Buildings and Structures Owned by MTA – Unfactored Loads............. 9-15 
9.2.2.2.2  LRV Design Loading .............................................................................9-15 
9.2.2.2.3  Crane Car and Work Train Design Loading..........................................9-16 
9.2.2.2.4  Locomotive Design Loading .................................................................9-16 
9.2.2.2.5  Reduction in Load Intensity ..................................................................9-16 
9.2.2.2.6  Highway Bridges not Supporting LRT Loads ........................................ 9-17 
9.2.2.2.7  Underground Stations ...........................................................................9-17 
9.2.2.2.8  Pedestrian Bridges and Other Pedestrian Areas .................................. 9-17 
9.2.2.2.9  Concrete Track Slab .............................................................................9-18 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-i SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.2.2.10  Fixed Ladders .......................................................................................9-18 


9.2.2.2.11  Railings – Unfactored Loads.................................................................9-18 
9.2.2.2.12  Equestrian Loads ..................................................................................9-19 
9.2.2.2.13  Safety Walks .........................................................................................9-19 
9.2.2.2.14  Sidewalks..............................................................................................9-19 
9.2.2.2.15  Curbs ....................................................................................................9-19 
9.2.2.2.16  Grates over Vent Shafts ............................................................... 9-199-20 
9.2.2.2.17  Bridge Cranes .......................................................................................9-20 
9.2.2.2.18  Stairways ..............................................................................................9-20 
9.2.2.2.19  Yard and Shop Facilities .......................................................................9-20 
9.2.2.3  Derailment Load (DR) .................................................................................. 9-25 
9.2.2.3.1  Vertical DR............................................................................................9-25 
9.2.2.3.2  Horizontal DR .......................................................................................9-25 
9.2.2.3.3  Collision Force ......................................................................................9-26 
9.2.2.4  Impact Load (IM or I) .................................................................................... 9-26 
9.2.2.5  Centrifugal Force (CE or CF) ....................................................................... 9-27 
9.2.2.6  Rolling Force (RF) ........................................................................................ 9-27 
9.2.2.7  Hunting (or Nosing) Force (HF) ................................................................... 9-27 
9.2.2.8  Longitudinal Force (LF) ................................................................................ 9-27 
9.2.2.9  Earth Pressure (EV, EH, ES or E) ............................................................... 9-28 
9.2.2.10  Hydrostatic Pressure and Buoyancy (B) ...................................................... 9-28 
9.2.2.11  Wind Load on Structure (WS or W).............................................................. 9-29 
9.2.2.11.1  Wind Load on Superstructure ...............................................................9-29 
9.2.2.11.2  Wind Load on Substructure ..................................................................9-29 
9.2.2.12  Wind Load on Live Load (WL) ..................................................................... 9-29 
9.2.2.13  Stream Flow Pressure and Flooding (WA or SF) ......................................... 9-30 
9.2.2.14  Shrinkage and Creep Forces (SH and CR, S) ............................................. 9-30 
9.2.2.15  Thermal Force (TU and TG, T) .................................................................... 9-30 
9.2.2.15.1  Temperature Changes ..........................................................................9-30 
9.2.2.15.2  Thermal Effect ......................................................................................9-31 
9.2.2.15.3  Trackwork .............................................................................................9-32 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-ii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.2.16  Ice Pressure (IC or ICE) ............................................................................... 9-32 


9.2.2.17  System Loads (SL) ...................................................................................... 9-33 
9.2.2.18  Rail Break Load (RB) ................................................................................... 9-33 
9.2.2.19  Differential Settlement (DS) ......................................................................... 9-34 
9.2.2.20  Earthquake Force (EQ) ................................................................................ 9-34 
9.2.2.21  Snow Load (SN) ........................................................................................... 9-34 
9.2.2.22  Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) ............................................... 9-34 
9.2.2.23  Strength Design (Load Factor) Requirements (for Existing Structures) ....... 9-38 
9.2.2.24  Service Load (Allowable Stress) Design Requirements (for Existing
Structures and Thru-Girder Bridges) ............................................................ 9-39 
9.2.3  Additional Design Considerations ....................................................................... 9-40 
9.2.3.1  Structure Deformations and Settlements ..................................................... 9-40 
9.2.3.2  Vibration ....................................................................................................... 9-40 
9.2.3.3  Deflection ..................................................................................................... 9-41 
9.2.3.4  Structure Skew Angle .................................................................................. 9-41 
9.2.3.5  Fatigue ......................................................................................................... 9-42 
9.2.3.6  Uplift ............................................................................................................. 9-42 
9.2.3.7  Jacking ......................................................................................................... 9-43 
9.2.3.8  Pedestrian Bridge Requirements ................................................................. 9-43 
9.2.3.9  Design Life ................................................................................................... 9-43 
9.2.3.10  Railing and Handrail Details ......................................................................... 9-43 
9.2.3.11  Stairs and Ramps ........................................................................................ 9-44 
9.2.3.12  Elevators and Escalators ............................................................................. 9-44 
9.2.3.13  Fixed Ladders .............................................................................................. 9-45 
9.2.3.14  Safety Fence and Barrier ............................................................................. 9-45 
9.2.3.15  Fencing ........................................................................................................ 9-46 
9.2.3.16  Electrification Fencing .................................................................................. 9-46 
9.2.3.17  Air Pressure ................................................................................................. 9-46 
9.2.3.18  Constructability ............................................................................................ 9-46 
9.2.3.19  Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures ...................................................... 9-46 
9.2.3.20  Buried Electrical and Communication Infrastructure .............................9-469-47 
9.2.4  Section Not Used ................................................................................................ 9-47 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-iii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5  Bridge and Transportation Structures ................................................................. 9-47 


9.2.5.1  Structural Steel Design ................................................................................ 9-47 
9.2.5.1.1  Design Codes .......................................................................................9-47 
9.2.5.1.2  Material and Painting Requirements.....................................................9-47 
9.2.5.1.3  Minimum Sizes for Members and Welds ..............................................9-48 
9.2.5.1.4  Connections ..........................................................................................9-48 
9.2.5.1.5  Fracture Critical Members (FCMs) .......................................................9-48 
9.2.5.1.6  Thru-Girder Bridges ..............................................................................9-49 
9.2.5.1.7  Box Girder and Tub Girder Bridges ......................................................9-51 
9.2.5.1.8  Truss Bridges........................................................................................9-51 
9.2.5.1.9  Multi-Girder Bridges ..............................................................................9-52 
9.2.5.1.10  Rigid-Frame Structures.........................................................................9-52 
9.2.5.1.11  Diaphragms and Cross Frames ............................................................9-53 
9.2.5.1.12  Station Platform Structures ...................................................................9-53 
9.2.5.1.13  Constructability Checks ........................................................................9-53 
9.2.5.2  Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Design ......................................9-539-54 
9.2.5.2.1  Design Codes ............................................................................... 9-539-54 
9.2.5.2.2  Reinforcing Steel ..................................................................................9-54 
9.2.5.2.3  Prestressing and Post-Tensioning Steel...............................................9-54 
9.2.5.2.4  Clear Cover................................................................................... 9-549-55 
9.2.5.2.5  Concrete Design ...................................................................................9-55 
9.2.5.2.6  Post-Tensioning Systems ............................................................. 9-559-56 
9.2.5.2.7  Shrinkage and Temperature Crack Control .......................................... 9-56 
9.2.5.2.8  Segmental Concrete Construction ........................................................ 9-56 
9.2.5.2.9  Multi-Girder Bridges ..............................................................................9-62 
9.2.5.2.10  Rigid-Frame Structures.........................................................................9-62 
9.2.5.2.11  Culverts and Buried Structures ............................................................. 9-62 
9.2.5.2.12  Approach Transitions .................................................................... 9-629-63 
9.2.5.2.13  Sleeper Slabs ............................................................................... 9-639-64 
9.2.5.2.14  Moment Slabs ............................................................................... 9-639-64 
9.2.5.2.15  Integral Abutments................................................................................9-64 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-iv SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5.2.16  Slabs-on-Grade ....................................................................................9-64 


9.2.5.2.17  Station Platforms .......................................................................... 9-649-65 
9.2.5.2.18  Shrinkage and Creep .................................................................... 9-649-65 
9.2.5.2.19  Bridge Deck Overhangs........................................................................9-65 
9.2.5.2.20  Shear Keys ...........................................................................................9-65 
9.2.5.2.21  Parapets and Concrete Barriers ................................................... 9-659-66 
9.2.5.2.22  Chamfer ........................................................................................ 9-659-66 
9.2.5.2.23  Camber and Dead Load Deflections............................................. 9-659-66 
9.2.5.2.24  Live Load Deflections ...........................................................................9-66 
9.2.5.2.25  Mass Concrete......................................................................................9-66 
9.2.5.3  Foundations ..........................................................................................9-669-67 
9.2.5.4  Bearing Design ............................................................................................ 9-67 
9.2.5.4.1  Bearing Layout.............................................................................. 9-679-68 
9.2.5.4.2  Bearing Components .................................................................... 9-679-68 
9.2.5.4.3  Elastomeric Bearings ............................................................................9-68 
9.2.5.4.4  Spherical Bearings................................................................................9-69 
9.2.5.4.5  Pot Bearings ................................................................................. 9-699-70 
9.2.5.4.6  Disc Bearings................................................................................ 9-699-70 
9.2.5.5  Joints ............................................................................................................ 9-70 
9.2.5.6  Stress Ribbon Bridges ................................................................................. 9-70 
9.2.6  Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures ......................................................9-709-71 
9.2.6.1  Loads for Design of Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures ...................... 9-71 
9.2.6.2  Load Combinations for Design of Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures
9-72 
9.2.6.3  Buoyancy ..............................................................................................9-729-73 
9.2.7  Earth Retaining Structures ...........................................................................9-729-73 
9.2.7.1  Computation of Applied Forces .................................................................... 9-73 
9.2.7.2  Geometry ..............................................................................................9-739-74 
9.2.7.3  Type ......................................................................................................9-739-74 
9.2.7.4  Design Requirements .................................................................................. 9-74 
9.2.7.5  Characteristics of Permanent Retaining Walls ......................................9-749-75 
9.2.7.5.1  Primary Walls Retaining LRT, Railroad, and/or Highway ............. 9-749-75 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-v SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.7.5.2  Secondary Walls Retaining Earth, Buildings, Highway and/or Pedestrian


Traffic ............................................................................................ 9-759-76 
9.2.7.5.3  Soil Reinforcement ...............................................................................9-76 
9.2.7.6  Deflection Limits ........................................................................................... 9-76 
9.2.7.7  Vibrations ..............................................................................................9-769-77 
9.2.7.8  Characteristics of Temporary Retaining Walls ......................................9-769-77 
9.2.7.9  Form Liner .............................................................................................9-769-77 
9.2.8  Noise Walls ..................................................................................................9-769-77 
9.2.8.1  Criteria for Noise Walls ................................................................................ 9-77 
9.2.8.2  Setback and Spatial Requirements .............................................................. 9-77 
9.2.8.3  Types of Walls ......................................................................................9-779-78 
9.2.8.4  Foundations ................................................................................................. 9-78 
9.2.8.5  Loads ........................................................................................................... 9-78 
9.2.9  Crash Walls ......................................................................................................... 9-80 
9.2.9.1  LRV Collision with Structures ....................................................................... 9-80 
9.2.9.2  Crash Wall Requirements .....................................................................9-809-81 
9.2.9.3  Highway Vehicle Collision with Structures Supporting LRT ..................9-809-81 
9.2.10  Sign Structures, Digital Message Systems, Traffic Signals, Overhead
Catenary Supports, and Luminaires .................................................................... 9-81 
9.2.10.1  Structures ..................................................................................................... 9-81 
9.2.10.1.1  Overhead Elements ...................................................................... 9-819-82 
9.2.10.1.2  Bridge-Mounted Elements ............................................................ 9-819-82 
9.2.10.2  Pole Foundations ......................................................................................... 9-82 
9.2.10.3  Base Plates ...........................................................................................9-829-83 
9.2.10.4  Cantilever Signs ....................................................................................9-829-83 
9.2.10.5  Fatigue Design ......................................................................................9-829-83 
9.2.10.6  Grounding .................................................................................................... 9-83 
9.2.11  Clearances and Geometry .................................................................................. 9-83 
9.2.11.1  Vertical Clearance ........................................................................................ 9-83 
9.2.11.1.1  Bridges over Highways ................................................................. 9-839-84 
9.2.11.1.2  Bridges over CSX/Norfolk Southern/AMTRAK ............................. 9-849-85 
9.2.11.1.3  Bridges over WMATA ................................................................... 9-849-85 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-vi SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.11.1.4  Bridges over LRT .......................................................................... 9-849-85 


9.2.11.1.5  Bridges over Pedestrian Paths ..................................................... 9-849-85 
9.2.11.1.6  Pedestrian Bridges ....................................................................... 9-849-85 
9.2.11.1.7  Overhang Canopies over Platforms.............................................. 9-859-86 
9.2.11.1.8  Bridges over Non-Transportation Structures ................................ 9-859-86 
9.2.11.1.9  Bridges over Waterways ............................................................... 9-859-86 
9.2.11.1.10  Yard and Shop Facilities ............................................................ 9-859-86 
9.2.11.2  Horizontal Clearances and Tolerances .................................................9-859-86 
9.2.12  Building Structures .............................................................................................. 9-86 
9.2.12.1  Design Codes .............................................................................................. 9-86 
9.2.12.2  Building Frame Types ...........................................................................9-869-87 
9.2.12.3  LRT Stations ................................................................................................ 9-87 
9.2.12.4  LRT Aerial Stations ...............................................................................9-879-88 
9.2.12.5  Parking Garage Facilities ............................................................................. 9-88 
9.2.12.6  Stairways ..............................................................................................9-889-89 
9.2.12.7  Emergency Stairways ...........................................................................9-889-89 
9.2.12.8  Access Hatch ........................................................................................9-889-89 
9.2.12.9  Ventilation Shafts ..................................................................................9-889-89 
9.2.12.10  Elevators and Escalators ...................................................................9-889-89 
9.2.12.11  Shop Considerations ..........................................................................9-889-89 
9.2.12.11.1  Bridge Crane.............................................................................. 9-889-89 
9.2.12.11.2  Floor Design .............................................................................. 9-899-90 
9.2.12.11.3  Work Bay Elevated Platforms .................................................... 9-899-90 
9.2.12.11.4  Apron Slabs ............................................................................... 9-899-90 
9.2.12.11.5  Pits .....................................................................................................9-90 
9.2.12.11.6  Utilities ....................................................................................... 9-909-91 
9.2.12.11.7  Above-Grade Floor Construction ............................................... 9-909-91 
9.2.12.11.8  Roof Construction ...................................................................... 9-909-91 
9.2.12.12  Foundations .......................................................................................9-909-91 
9.2.12.13  Miscellaneous Considerations .................................................................. 9-91 
9.2.12.13.1  Field Fabrication ........................................................................ 9-919-92 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-vii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.12.13.2  MEP Coordination...................................................................... 9-919-92 


9.2.12.13.3  Canopies.................................................................................... 9-919-92 
9.2.12.13.4  Mezzanines................................................................................ 9-919-92 
9.2.12.13.5  Fall Protection ............................................................................ 9-919-92 
9.2.12.13.6  Catenary Supports ..................................................................... 9-919-92 
9.2.12.13.7  Photovoltaic (PV) Panels ........................................................... 9-919-92 
9.2.12.13.8  Shrinkage and Temperature Crack Control ............................... 9-919-92 
9.2.12.14  Façade Elements ...............................................................................9-929-93 
9.2.12.15  Underground Stations ........................................................................9-929-93 
9.2.13  Drainage Systems ........................................................................................9-939-94 
9.2.13.1  Fixed Rail Concrete Decks....................................................................9-939-94 
9.2.13.2  Ballasted Decks ....................................................................................9-939-94 
9.2.13.3  Platform Drainage .................................................................................9-949-95 
9.2.13.4  Station Drainage ...................................................................................9-949-95 
9.2.13.5  Drainage Structures ..............................................................................9-949-96 
9.2.14  Support of Excavation Structures .................................................................9-959-96 
9.2.15  Modifications to Existing Structures .............................................................9-969-97 
9.2.15.1  Inspection and Analysis ........................................................................9-969-97 
9.2.15.2  Overhead Catenary System (OCS) Attachments to Existing Structures...9-979-
98 
9.2.16  Inspection Access ........................................................................................9-989-99 
9.2.16.1  Buildings ...............................................................................................9-989-99 
9.2.16.2  Bridges and Transportation Structures .................................................9-989-99 
9.2.17  Emergency Guardrail .................................................................................9-989-100 
9.2.18  Seismic Design ...........................................................................................9-999-100 
9.2.18.1  Introduction .........................................................................................9-999-100 
9.2.18.1.1  Design Policies and Objectives .................................................. 9-999-100 
9.2.18.1.2  Codes and Standards ............................................................... 9-1009-101 
9.2.18.2  Design Response Spectra for Underground Structures ....................9-1009-101 
9.2.18.3  Underground Structures ....................................................................9-1029-103 
9.2.18.3.1  Bored Circular Tunnels ............................................................. 9-1029-103 
9.2.18.3.1.1  Bored Circular Tunnels in Rock ......................................................... 9‐1029‐104 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-viii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.18.3.1.2  Bored Circular Tunnels in Soil ........................................................... 9‐1049‐105 
9.2.18.3.1.3  Bored Circular Tunnels in Mixed‐Face Ground ................................. 9‐1069‐107 
9.2.18.3.1.4  Axial and Curvature Deformations ................................................... 9‐1079‐108 
9.2.18.3.2  Reinforced Concrete Box Structures ........................................ 9-1079-109 
9.2.18.3.2.1  Loads due to Racking Deformations, Qh ........................................... 9‐1089‐109 
9.2.18.3.2.2  Loads due to Vertical Seismic Motions, Qv. ...................................... 9‐1099‐110 
9.2.18.3.2.3  Load Combinations. ......................................................................... 9‐1099‐110 
9.2.18.4  Retaining Wall Structures / U-Section Structures .............................9-1109-111 
9.2.18.5  Bridges/Viaduct Structures ...............................................................9-1109-111 
9.2.18.6  Surface Building Structures ..............................................................9-1109-111 
9.2.18.7  Non-Structural Components and Equipment ....................................9-1109-111 
9.2.18.8  Other Seismic Considerations ..........................................................9-1109-112 
9.2.18.9  References ........................................................................................9-1119-112 
9.3  Equipment and Material Requirements .......................................................... 9-1119-113 
9.3.1  Cements ...................................................................................................9-1129-113 
9.3.2  Foundation Materials ................................................................................9-1129-113 
9.3.3  Structural Steel .........................................................................................9-1129-113 
9.3.4  Additional Types of Steel..........................................................................9-1149-115 
9.3.5  Concrete ...................................................................................................9-1149-115 
9.3.6  Reinforcing Steel ......................................................................................9-1169-117 
9.3.7  Prestressing Steel ....................................................................................9-1179-119 
9.3.8  Post-Tensioning Steel ..............................................................................9-1179-119 
9.3.9  Fiberglass Reinforced Polymers (FRP) ....................................................9-1189-119 
9.3.10  Steel Stay-in-Place (SIP) Forms ..............................................................9-1189-120 
9.3.11  Timber ......................................................................................................9-1189-120 
9.3.12  Fire Protection ..........................................................................................9-1189-120 
9.3.13  Waterproofing and Dampproofing ............................................................9-1199-120 
9.3.14  Grating......................................................................................................9-1199-120 
9.3.15  Utilities ......................................................................................................9-1199-120 
9.3.16  Backfill ......................................................................................................9-1199-120 
9.3.17  Ventilation Shafts .....................................................................................9-1199-121 

Maryland Transit Administration 9-ix SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.3.18  Geofoam...................................................................................................9-1199-121 
9.3.19  High-Strength Geotextile ..........................................................................9-1199-121 
9.3.20  Fencing.....................................................................................................9-1199-121 
9.3.21  Fly Ash .....................................................................................................9-1209-121 
9  Structural .............................................................................................................................. 9-1  Formatted ... [1]

9.1  Functional Requirements .............................................................................................. 9-1  Formatted ... [2]

9.1.1  Definitions .............................................................................................................. 9-1  Formatted ... [3]

9.1.2  Codes and Standards............................................................................................ 9-4  Formatted ... [4]

9.1.3  Hierarchy of Design Codes ................................................................................... 9-6  Formatted ... [5]

9.2 Design Requirements ................................................................................................... 9-8  Formatted ... [6]

9.2.1  Design Method ...................................................................................................... 9-8  Formatted ... [7]

9.2.1.1  New Structures .............................................................................................. 9-8  Formatted ... [8]

9.2.1.2  Existing Structures ....................................................................................... 9-10  Formatted ... [9]

9.2.1.3  Transportation Facilities Not MTA-Owned ................................................... 9-11  Formatted ... [10]

9.2.1.4  Yard and Shop Facilities .............................................................................. 9-11  Formatted ... [11]

9.2.2  Loads and Forces ................................................................................................ 9-11  Formatted ... [12]

9.2.2.1  Dead Load (DL) ........................................................................................... 9-12  Formatted ... [13]

9.2.2.2  Live Load (LL) .............................................................................................. 9-15  Formatted ... [14]

9.2.2.2.1  Buildings and Structures Owned by MTA – Unfactored Loads............. 9-15  Formatted ... [15]

9.2.2.2.2  LRV Design Loading ............................................................................. 9-15  Formatted ... [16]

9.2.2.2.3  Crane Car and Work Train Design Loading.......................................... 9-16  Formatted ... [17]

9.2.2.2.4  Locomotive Design Loading ................................................................. 9-16  Formatted ... [18]

9.2.2.2.5  Reduction in Load Intensity .................................................................. 9-16  Formatted ... [19]

9.2.2.2.6  Highway Bridges not Supporting LRT Loads ........................................ 9-17  Formatted ... [20]

9.2.2.2.7  Underground Stations ........................................................................... 9-17  Formatted ... [21]

9.2.2.2.8  Pedestrian Bridges and Other Pedestrian Areas .................................. 9-17  Formatted ... [22]

9.2.2.2.9  Concrete Track Slab ............................................................................. 9-18  Formatted ... [23]

9.2.2.2.10  Fixed Ladders ....................................................................................... 9-18  Formatted ... [24]

9.2.2.2.11  Railings – Unfactored Loads................................................................. 9-18  Formatted ... [25]

9.2.2.2.12  Equestrian Loads .................................................................................. 9-19  Formatted ... [26]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-x SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.2.2.13  Safety Walks ......................................................................................... 9-19  Formatted ... [27]

9.2.2.2.14  Sidewalks.............................................................................................. 9-19  Formatted ... [28]

9.2.2.2.15  Curbs .................................................................................................... 9-19  Formatted ... [29]

9.2.2.2.16  Grates over Vent Shafts ....................................................................... 9-20  Formatted ... [30]

9.2.2.2.17  Bridge Cranes ....................................................................................... 9-20  Formatted ... [31]

9.2.2.2.18  Stairways .............................................................................................. 9-20  Formatted ... [32]

9.2.2.2.19  Yard and Shop Facilities ....................................................................... 9-20  Formatted ... [33]

9.2.2.3  Derailment Load (DR) .................................................................................. 9-25  Formatted ... [34]

9.2.2.3.1  Vertical DR............................................................................................ 9-25  Formatted ... [35]

9.2.2.3.2  Horizontal DR ....................................................................................... 9-25  Formatted ... [36]

9.2.2.3.3  Collision Force ...................................................................................... 9-26  Formatted ... [37]

9.2.2.4  Impact Load (IM or I) .................................................................................... 9-26  Formatted ... [38]

9.2.2.5  Centrifugal Force (CE or CF) ....................................................................... 9-27  Formatted ... [39]

9.2.2.6  Rolling Force (RF) ........................................................................................ 9-27  Formatted ... [40]

9.2.2.7  Hunting (or Nosing) Force (HF) ................................................................... 9-27  Formatted ... [41]

9.2.2.8  Longitudinal Force (LF) ................................................................................ 9-27  Formatted ... [42]

9.2.2.9  Earth Pressure (EV, EH, ES or E) ............................................................... 9-28  Formatted ... [43]

9.2.2.10  Hydrostatic Pressure and Buoyancy (B) ...................................................... 9-28  Formatted ... [44]

9.2.2.11  Wind Load on Structure (WS or W).............................................................. 9-29  Formatted ... [45]

9.2.2.11.1  Wind Load on Superstructure ............................................................... 9-29  Formatted ... [46]

9.2.2.11.2  Wind Load on Substructure .................................................................. 9-29  Formatted ... [47]

9.2.2.12  Wind Load on Live Load (WL) ..................................................................... 9-29  Formatted ... [48]

9.2.2.13  Stream Flow Pressure and Flooding (WA or SF) ......................................... 9-30  Formatted ... [49]

9.2.2.14  Shrinkage and Creep Forces (SH and CR, S) ............................................. 9-30  Formatted ... [50]

9.2.2.15  Thermal Force (TU and TG, T) .................................................................... 9-30  Formatted ... [51]

9.2.2.15.1  Temperature Changes .......................................................................... 9-30  Formatted ... [52]

9.2.2.15.2  Thermal Effect ...................................................................................... 9-31  Formatted ... [53]

9.2.2.15.3  Trackwork ............................................................................................. 9-32  Formatted ... [54]

9.2.2.16  Ice Pressure (IC or ICE) ............................................................................... 9-32  Formatted ... [55]

9.2.2.17  System Loads (SL) ...................................................................................... 9-33  Formatted ... [56]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xi SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.2.18  Rail Break Load (RB) ................................................................................... 9-33  Formatted ... [57]

9.2.2.19  Differential Settlement (DS) ......................................................................... 9-34  Formatted ... [58]

9.2.2.20  Earthquake Force (EQ) ................................................................................ 9-34  Formatted ... [59]

9.2.2.21  Snow Load (SN) ........................................................................................... 9-34  Formatted ... [60]

9.2.2.22  Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) ............................................... 9-34  Formatted ... [61]

9.2.2.23  Strength Design (Load Factor) Requirements (for Existing Structures) ....... 9-38  Formatted ... [62]

9.2.2.24  Service Load (Allowable Stress) Design Requirements (for Existing Formatted ... [63]
Structures and Thru-Girder Bridges) ............................................................ 9-39 
9.2.3  Additional Design Considerations ....................................................................... 9-40  Formatted ... [64]

9.2.3.1  Structure Deformations and Settlements ..................................................... 9-40  Formatted ... [65]

9.2.3.2  Vibration ....................................................................................................... 9-40  Formatted ... [66]

9.2.3.3  Deflection ..................................................................................................... 9-41  Formatted ... [67]

9.2.3.4  Structure Skew Angle .................................................................................. 9-41  Formatted ... [68]

9.2.3.5  Fatigue ......................................................................................................... 9-42  Formatted ... [69]

9.2.3.6  Uplift ............................................................................................................. 9-42  Formatted ... [70]

9.2.3.7  Jacking ......................................................................................................... 9-43  Formatted ... [71]

9.2.3.8  Pedestrian Bridge Requirements ................................................................. 9-43  Formatted ... [72]

9.2.3.9  Design Life ................................................................................................... 9-43  Formatted ... [73]

9.2.3.10  Railing and Handrail Details ......................................................................... 9-43  Formatted ... [74]

9.2.3.11  Stairs and Ramps ........................................................................................ 9-44  Formatted ... [75]

9.2.3.12  Elevators and Escalators ............................................................................. 9-44  Formatted ... [76]

9.2.3.13  Fixed Ladders .............................................................................................. 9-45  Formatted ... [77]

9.2.3.14  Safety Fence and Barrier ............................................................................. 9-45  Formatted ... [78]

9.2.3.15  Fencing ........................................................................................................ 9-46  Formatted ... [79]

9.2.3.16  Electrification Fencing .................................................................................. 9-46  Formatted ... [80]

9.2.3.17  Air Pressure ................................................................................................. 9-46  Formatted ... [81]

9.2.3.18  Constructability ............................................................................................ 9-46  Formatted ... [82]

9.2.3.19  Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures ...................................................... 9-46  Formatted ... [83]

9.2.3.20  Buried Electrical and Communication Infrastructure .................................... 9-47  Formatted ... [84]

9.2.4  Design Development ........................................................................................... 9-47  Formatted ... [85]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5  Bridge and Transportation Structures ................................................................. 9-47  Formatted ... [86]

9.2.5.1  Structural Steel Design ................................................................................ 9-47  Formatted ... [87]

9.2.5.1.1  Design Codes ....................................................................................... 9-47  Formatted ... [88]

9.2.5.1.2  Material and Painting Requirements..................................................... 9-47  Formatted ... [89]

9.2.5.1.3  Minimum Sizes for Members and Welds .............................................. 9-48  Formatted ... [90]

9.2.5.1.4  Connections .......................................................................................... 9-48  Formatted ... [91]

9.2.5.1.5  Fracture Critical Members (FCMs) ....................................................... 9-48  Formatted ... [92]

9.2.5.1.6  Thru-Girder Bridges .............................................................................. 9-49  Formatted ... [93]

9.2.5.1.7  Box Girder and Tub Girder Bridges ...................................................... 9-51  Formatted ... [94]

9.2.5.1.8  Truss Bridges........................................................................................ 9-51  Formatted ... [95]

9.2.5.1.9  Multi-Girder Bridges .............................................................................. 9-52  Formatted ... [96]

9.2.5.1.10  Rigid-Frame Structures......................................................................... 9-52  Formatted ... [97]

9.2.5.1.11  Diaphragms and Cross Frames ............................................................ 9-53  Formatted ... [98]

9.2.5.1.12  Station Platform Structures ................................................................... 9-53  Formatted ... [99]

9.2.5.1.13  Constructability Checks ........................................................................ 9-53  Formatted ... [100]

9.2.5.2  Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Design ............................................. 9-54  Formatted ... [101]

9.2.5.2.1  Design Codes ....................................................................................... 9-54  Formatted ... [102]

9.2.5.2.2  Reinforcing Steel .................................................................................. 9-54  Formatted ... [103]

9.2.5.2.3  Prestressing and Post-Tensioning Steel............................................... 9-54  Formatted ... [104]

9.2.5.2.4  Clear Cover........................................................................................... 9-55  Formatted ... [105]

9.2.5.2.5  Concrete Design ................................................................................... 9-55  Formatted ... [106]

9.2.5.2.6  Post-Tensioning Systems ..................................................................... 9-56  Formatted ... [107]

9.2.5.2.7  Shrinkage and Temperature Crack Control .......................................... 9-56  Formatted ... [108]

9.2.5.2.8  Segmental Concrete Construction ........................................................ 9-56  Formatted ... [109]

9.2.5.2.9  Multi-Girder Bridges .............................................................................. 9-62  Formatted ... [110]

9.2.5.2.10  Rigid-Frame Structures......................................................................... 9-62  Formatted ... [111]

9.2.5.2.11  Culverts and Buried Structures ............................................................. 9-62  Formatted ... [112]

9.2.5.2.12  Approach Transitions ............................................................................ 9-63  Formatted ... [113]

9.2.5.2.13  Sleeper Slabs ....................................................................................... 9-64  Formatted ... [114]

9.2.5.2.14  Moment Slabs ....................................................................................... 9-64  Formatted ... [115]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xiii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5.2.15  Integral Abutments................................................................................ 9-64  Formatted ... [116]

9.2.5.2.16  Slabs-on-Grade .................................................................................... 9-64  Formatted ... [117]

9.2.5.2.17  Station Platforms .................................................................................. 9-65  Formatted ... [118]

9.2.5.2.18  Shrinkage and Creep ............................................................................ 9-65  Formatted ... [119]

9.2.5.2.19  Bridge Deck Overhangs........................................................................ 9-65  Formatted ... [120]

9.2.5.2.20  Shear Keys ........................................................................................... 9-65  Formatted ... [121]

9.2.5.2.21  Parapets and Concrete Barriers ........................................................... 9-66  Formatted ... [122]

9.2.5.2.22  Chamfer ................................................................................................ 9-66  Formatted ... [123]

9.2.5.2.23  Camber and Dead Load Deflections..................................................... 9-66  Formatted ... [124]

9.2.5.2.24  Live Load Deflections ........................................................................... 9-66  Formatted ... [125]

9.2.5.2.25  Mass Concrete...................................................................................... 9-66  Formatted ... [126]

9.2.5.3  Foundations ................................................................................................. 9-67  Formatted ... [127]

9.2.5.4  Bearing Design ............................................................................................ 9-67  Formatted ... [128]

9.2.5.4.1  Bearing Layout...................................................................................... 9-68  Formatted ... [129]

9.2.5.4.2  Bearing Components ............................................................................ 9-68  Formatted ... [130]

9.2.5.4.3  Elastomeric Bearings ............................................................................ 9-68  Formatted ... [131]

9.2.5.4.4  Spherical Bearings................................................................................ 9-69  Formatted ... [132]

9.2.5.4.5  Pot Bearings ......................................................................................... 9-70  Formatted ... [133]

9.2.5.4.6  Disc Bearings........................................................................................ 9-70  Formatted ... [134]

9.2.5.5  Joints ............................................................................................................ 9-70  Formatted ... [135]

9.2.5.6  Stress Ribbon Bridges ................................................................................. 9-70  Formatted ... [136]

9.2.6  Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures ............................................................. 9-71  Formatted ... [137]

9.2.6.1  Loads for Design of Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures ...................... 9-71  Formatted ... [138]

9.2.6.2  Load Combinations for Design of Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures Formatted ... [139]
9-72 
9.2.6.3  Buoyancy ..................................................................................................... 9-73  Formatted ... [140]

9.2.7  Earth Retaining Structures .................................................................................. 9-73  Formatted ... [141]

9.2.7.1  Computation of Applied Forces .................................................................... 9-73  Formatted ... [142]

9.2.7.2  Geometry ..................................................................................................... 9-74  Formatted ... [143]

9.2.7.3  Type ............................................................................................................. 9-74  Formatted ... [144]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xiv SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.7.4  Design Requirements .................................................................................. 9-74  Formatted ... [145]

9.2.7.5  Characteristics of Permanent Retaining Walls ............................................. 9-75  Formatted ... [146]

9.2.7.5.1  Primary Walls Retaining LRT, Railroad, and/or Highway ..................... 9-75  Formatted ... [147]

9.2.7.5.2  Secondary Walls Retaining Earth, Buildings, Highway and/or Pedestrian Formatted ... [148]
Traffic .................................................................................................... 9-76 
9.2.7.5.3  Soil Reinforcement ............................................................................... 9-76  Formatted ... [149]

9.2.7.6  Deflection Limits ........................................................................................... 9-76  Formatted ... [150]

9.2.7.7  Vibrations ..................................................................................................... 9-77  Formatted ... [151]

9.2.7.8  Characteristics of Temporary Retaining Walls ............................................. 9-77  Formatted ... [152]

9.2.7.9  Form Liner .................................................................................................... 9-77  Formatted ... [153]

9.2.8  Noise Walls ......................................................................................................... 9-77  Formatted ... [154]

9.2.8.1  Criteria for Noise Walls ................................................................................ 9-77  Formatted ... [155]

9.2.8.2  Setback and Spatial Requirements .............................................................. 9-77  Formatted ... [156]

9.2.8.3  Types of Walls ............................................................................................. 9-78  Formatted ... [157]

9.2.8.4  Foundations ................................................................................................. 9-78  Formatted ... [158]

9.2.8.5  Loads ........................................................................................................... 9-78  Formatted ... [159]

9.2.9  Crash Walls ......................................................................................................... 9-80  Formatted ... [160]

9.2.9.1  LRV Collision with Structures ....................................................................... 9-80  Formatted ... [161]

9.2.9.2  Crash Wall Requirements ............................................................................ 9-81  Formatted ... [162]

9.2.9.3  Highway Vehicle Collision with Structures Supporting LRT ......................... 9-81  Formatted ... [163]

9.2.10  Sign Structures, Digital Message Systems, Traffic Signals, Overhead Formatted ... [164]
Catenary Supports, and Luminaires .................................................................... 9-81 
9.2.10.1  Structures ..................................................................................................... 9-81  Formatted ... [165]

9.2.10.1.1  Overhead Elements .............................................................................. 9-82  Formatted ... [166]

9.2.10.1.2  Bridge-Mounted Elements .................................................................... 9-82  Formatted ... [167]

9.2.10.2  Pole Foundations ......................................................................................... 9-82  Formatted ... [168]

9.2.10.3  Base Plates .................................................................................................. 9-83  Formatted ... [169]

9.2.10.4  Cantilever Signs ........................................................................................... 9-83  Formatted ... [170]

9.2.10.5  Fatigue Design ............................................................................................. 9-83  Formatted ... [171]

9.2.10.6  Grounding .................................................................................................... 9-83  Formatted ... [172]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xv SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.11  Clearances and Geometry .................................................................................. 9-83  Formatted ... [173]

9.2.11.1  Vertical Clearance ........................................................................................ 9-83  Formatted ... [174]

9.2.11.1.1  Bridges over Highways ......................................................................... 9-84  Formatted ... [175]

9.2.11.1.2  Bridges over CSX/Norfolk Southern/AMTRAK ..................................... 9-85  Formatted ... [176]

9.2.11.1.3  Bridges over WMATA ........................................................................... 9-85  Formatted ... [177]

9.2.11.1.4  Bridges over LRT .................................................................................. 9-85  Formatted ... [178]

9.2.11.1.5  Bridges over Pedestrian Paths ............................................................. 9-85  Formatted ... [179]

9.2.11.1.6  Pedestrian Bridges ............................................................................... 9-85  Formatted ... [180]

9.2.11.1.7  Overhang Canopies over Platforms...................................................... 9-86  Formatted ... [181]

9.2.11.1.8  Bridges over Non-Transportation Structures ........................................ 9-86  Formatted ... [182]

9.2.11.1.9  Bridges over Waterways ....................................................................... 9-86  Formatted ... [183]

9.2.11.1.10  Yard and Shop Facilities .................................................................... 9-86  Formatted ... [184]

9.2.11.2  Horizontal Clearances and Tolerances ........................................................ 9-86  Formatted ... [185]

9.2.12  Building Structures .............................................................................................. 9-86  Formatted ... [186]

9.2.12.1  Design Codes .............................................................................................. 9-86  Formatted ... [187]

9.2.12.2  Building Frame Types .................................................................................. 9-87  Formatted ... [188]

9.2.12.3  LRT Stations ................................................................................................ 9-87  Formatted ... [189]

9.2.12.4  LRT Aerial Stations ...................................................................................... 9-88  Formatted ... [190]

9.2.12.5  Parking Garage Facilities ............................................................................. 9-88  Formatted ... [191]

9.2.12.6  Stairways ..................................................................................................... 9-89  Formatted ... [192]

9.2.12.7  Emergency Stairways .................................................................................. 9-89  Formatted ... [193]

9.2.12.8  Access Hatch ............................................................................................... 9-89  Formatted ... [194]

9.2.12.9  Ventilation Shafts ......................................................................................... 9-89  Formatted ... [195]

9.2.12.10  Elevators and Escalators .......................................................................... 9-89  Formatted ... [196]

9.2.12.11  Shop Considerations ................................................................................. 9-89  Formatted ... [197]

9.2.12.11.1  Bridge Crane...................................................................................... 9-89  Formatted ... [198]

9.2.12.11.2  Floor Design ...................................................................................... 9-90  Formatted ... [199]

9.2.12.11.3  Work Bay Elevated Platforms ............................................................ 9-90  Formatted ... [200]

9.2.12.11.4  Apron Slabs ....................................................................................... 9-90  Formatted ... [201]

9.2.12.11.5  Pits ..................................................................................................... 9-90  Formatted ... [202]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xvi SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.12.11.6  Utilities ............................................................................................... 9-91  Formatted ... [203]

9.2.12.11.7  Above-Grade Floor Construction ....................................................... 9-91  Formatted ... [204]

9.2.12.11.8  Roof Construction .............................................................................. 9-91  Formatted ... [205]

9.2.12.12  Foundations .............................................................................................. 9-91  Formatted ... [206]

9.2.12.13  Miscellaneous Considerations .................................................................. 9-91  Formatted ... [207]

9.2.12.13.1  Field Fabrication ................................................................................ 9-92  Formatted ... [208]

9.2.12.13.2  MEP Coordination.............................................................................. 9-92  Formatted ... [209]

9.2.12.13.3  Canopies............................................................................................ 9-92  Formatted ... [210]

9.2.12.13.4  Mezzanines........................................................................................ 9-92  Formatted ... [211]

9.2.12.13.5  Fall Protection .................................................................................... 9-92  Formatted ... [212]

9.2.12.13.6  Catenary Supports ............................................................................. 9-92  Formatted ... [213]

9.2.12.13.7  Photovoltaic (PV) Panels ................................................................... 9-92  Formatted ... [214]

9.2.12.13.8  Shrinkage and Temperature Crack Control ....................................... 9-92  Formatted ... [215]

9.2.12.14  Façade Elements ...................................................................................... 9-93  Formatted ... [216]

9.2.12.15  Underground Stations ............................................................................... 9-93  Formatted ... [217]

9.2.13  Drainage Systems ............................................................................................... 9-94  Formatted ... [218]

9.2.13.1  Fixed Rail Concrete Decks........................................................................... 9-94  Formatted ... [219]

9.2.13.2  Ballasted Decks ........................................................................................... 9-94  Formatted ... [220]

9.2.13.3  Platform Drainage ........................................................................................ 9-95  Formatted ... [221]

9.2.13.4  Station Drainage .......................................................................................... 9-95  Formatted ... [222]

9.2.13.5  Drainage Structures ..................................................................................... 9-96  Formatted ... [223]

9.2.14  Support of Excavation Structures ........................................................................ 9-96  Formatted ... [224]

9.2.15  Modifications to Existing Structures .................................................................... 9-97  Formatted ... [225]

9.2.15.1  Inspection and Analysis ............................................................................... 9-97  Formatted ... [226]

9.2.15.2  Overhead Catenary System (OCS) Attachments to Existing Structures...... 9-98  Formatted ... [227]

9.2.16  Inspection Access ............................................................................................... 9-99  Formatted ... [228]

9.2.16.1  Buildings ...................................................................................................... 9-99  Formatted ... [229]

9.2.16.2  Bridges and Transportation Structures ........................................................ 9-99  Formatted ... [230]

9.2.17  Emergency Guardrail ........................................................................................ 9-100  Formatted ... [231]

9.2.18  Seismic Design .................................................................................................. 9-100  Formatted ... [232]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xvii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.18.1  Introduction ................................................................................................ 9-100  Formatted ... [233]

9.2.18.1.1  Design Policies and Objectives .......................................................... 9-100  Formatted ... [234]

9.2.18.1.2 Codes and Standards ......................................................................... 9-101 Formatted ... [235]

9.2.18.2 Design Response Spectra for Underground Structures ............................. 9-101 Formatted ... [236]

9.2.18.3 Underground Structures ............................................................................. 9-103 Formatted ... [237]

9.2.18.3.1 Bored Circular Tunnels ....................................................................... 9-103 Formatted ... [238]

9.2.18.3.1.1 Bored Circular Tunnels in Rock ...................................................... 9-104 Formatted ... [239]

9.2.18.3.1.2 Bored Circular Tunnels in Soil ........................................................ 9-105 Formatted ... [240]

9.2.18.3.1.3 Bored Circular Tunnels in Mixed‐Face Ground ................................. 9-107 Formatted ... [241]

9.2.18.3.1.4 Axial and Curvature Deformations ................................................. 9-108 Formatted ... [242]

9.2.18.3.2 Reinforced Concrete Box Structures .................................................. 9-109 Formatted ... [243]

9.2.18.3.2.1 Loads due to Racking Deformations, Qh ......................................... 9-109 Formatted ... [244]

9.2.18.3.2.2 Loads due to Vertical Seismic Motions, Qv. ..................................... 9-110 Formatted ... [245]

9.2.18.3.2.3 Load Combinations. ...................................................................... 9-110 Formatted ... [246]

9.2.18.4 Retaining Wall Structures / U-Section Structures ...................................... 9-111 Formatted ... [247]

9.2.18.5 Bridges/Viaduct Structures ........................................................................ 9-111 Formatted ... [248]

9.2.18.6 Surface Building Structures ....................................................................... 9-111 Formatted ... [249]

9.2.18.7  Non-Structural Components and Equipment ............................................. 9-111  Formatted ... [250]

9.2.18.8  Other Seismic Considerations ................................................................... 9-112  Formatted ... [251]

9.2.18.9  References ................................................................................................. 9-112  Formatted ... [252]

9.3  Equipment and Material Requirements .................................................................... 9-113  Formatted ... [253]

9.3.1  Cements ............................................................................................................ 9-113  Formatted ... [254]

9.3.2  Foundation Materials ......................................................................................... 9-113  Formatted ... [255]

9.3.3  Structural Steel .................................................................................................. 9-113  Formatted ... [256]

9.3.4  Additional Types of Steel................................................................................... 9-115  Formatted ... [257]

9.3.5  Concrete ............................................................................................................ 9-115  Formatted ... [258]

9.3.6  Reinforcing Steel ............................................................................................... 9-117  Formatted ... [259]

9.3.7  Prestressing Steel ............................................................................................. 9-119  Formatted ... [260]

9.3.8  Post-Tensioning Steel ....................................................................................... 9-119  Formatted ... [261]

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xviii SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.3.9  Fiberglass Reinforced Polymers (FRP) ............................................................. 9-119  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.10  Steel Stay-in-Place (SIP) Forms ....................................................................... 9-120  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.11  Timber ............................................................................................................... 9-120 
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.12  Fire Protection ................................................................................................... 9-120 
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
9.3.13  Waterproofing and Dampproofing ..................................................................... 9-120  grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
9.3.14  Grating............................................................................................................... 9-120  grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
9.3.15  Utilities ............................................................................................................... 9-120  grammar

9.3.16  Backfill ............................................................................................................... 9-120  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.17  Ventilation Shafts .............................................................................................. 9-121  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.18  Geofoam............................................................................................................ 9-121  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.19  High-Strength Geotextile ................................................................................... 9-121  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.20  Fencing.............................................................................................................. 9-121 
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
9.3.21  Fly Ash .............................................................................................................. 9-121 
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xix SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

LIST OF TABLES
Table 9.1 – Priority of Documents.............................................................................................. 9-7
Table 9.2 – Weight of Construction Materials .......................................................................... 9-13
Table 9.3 – Modified Load and Resistance Factor Limit States ............................................... 9-36
Table 9.4 – Loads to Substructure Components ..................................................................... 9-40
Table 9.5 – Steel Deck Plate Thicknesses .............................................................................. 9-50
Table 9.6 – PTFE Properties ........................................................................................... 9-689-69
Table 9.7 – Site Class Definition .................................................................................. 9-1009-102
Table 9.8 – Design and Contract Document Values of Concrete ................................ 9-1159-117
Table 9.9 – Moisture Barrier Requirements ................................................................. 9-1169-117
Table 9.10 – Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer Requirements ....................................... 9-1189-119

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 9.1 – LRV Design Loading, Unfactored Loads ............................................................. 9-22 
Figure 9.2 – Crane Car Design Loading ..................................................................................9-23 
Figure 9.3 – Locomotive (CR 8) Design Loading ..................................................................... 9-23 
Figure 9.4 – Work Train Type A Design Loading .....................................................................9-24 
Figure 9.5 – Work Train Type B Design Loading .....................................................................9-24 
Figure 9.6 – Work Train Type C Design Loading .....................................................................9-24 
Figure 9.7 – Skew Angle .......................................................................................................... 9-42 
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
Figure 9.8 – Approach Slab Length ................................................................................. 9-639-64  grammar
Figure 9.1 – LRV Design Loading, Unfactored Loads ............................................................. 9-22  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Figure 9.2 – Crane Car Design Loading .................................................................................. 9-23  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Figure 9.3 – Locomotive (CR 8) Design Loading ..................................................................... 9-23  Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
grammar
Figure 9.4 – Work Train Type A Design Loading ..................................................................... 9-24 
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
Figure 9.5 – Work Train Type B Design Loading ..................................................................... 9-24  grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
Figure 9.6 – Work Train Type C Design Loading ..................................................................... 9-24  grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
Figure 9.7 – Skew Angle .......................................................................................................... 9-42  grammar
Formatted: Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and
Figure 9.8 – Approach Slab Length ......................................................................................... 9-64  grammar

Maryland Transit Administration 9-xx SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9 Structural

9.1 Functional Requirements

The standards illustrated in this chapter are intended to outline the basic design criteria for
Maryland Transit Administration (MTA) owned structures, which include, but are not limited to:
stations, bridges, culverts, small structures, retaining walls, temporary structures, cut-and-cover
structures, overhead power distribution support systems, track slabs on-grade, and miscellaneous
structures for Light Rail Transit (LRT) systems. Applicable structural design criteria are contained
in this chapter.

Structures designed as part of any proposed MTA LRT project shall comply with these structural
design criteria to the maximum extent possible. If a design is found to have special conditions
that are outside the parameters identified in these criteria, the designer shall determine the
applicable technical sources for the design criteria to be used and seek MTA approval as
necessary. Where not covered by these structural design criteria, the design shall comply with
applicable municipal, county, state, and federal regulations and codes listed in Section 9.1.2.

For light rail vehicle (LRV) information, refer to Chapter 4, Light Rail Vehicles. The design of
tunnels, other than cut-and-cover, shall comply with Chapter 10, Bored Tunnels, Mined Tunnels
and Ancillary Structures, and Shafts, and the design of maintenance yard and shop facilities shall
comply with Chapter 13, Yards & Shops. For information regarding rebar bonding and stray
current measuring facilities, refer to Chapter 14, Corrosion Control.

9.1.1 Definitions

The terms used throughout these criteria shall be defined as follows:

 Ancillary Facilities – Those facilities, buildings, or structures adjacent to, or directly


linked to, LRT stations. They may also be stand-alone facilities or structures located
within or adjacent to the LRT ROW. Ancillary facilities may include, but are not limited to,
the following.
o Passenger shelter structures.
o Structures containing mechanical, electrical, communications, and/or other service
equipment.
o Traction power buildings.
o Transit center buildings (shelters).
o Parking areas (surface and in structure).
o Highway sign structures, luminaires, or traffic signals.
o Signal equipment enclosures.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-1 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Auxiliary Track – A center track, side track, or tail track used for passing, storing, or
turning back trains.
 Bridge – A structure, including supports, erected over a depression or an obstruction
such as water, highway, or railway; having a track or passageway for carrying LRVs,
pedestrians, or other moving loads; and having an opening measured along the center of
the structure of at least 20 feet between undercopings of abutments, spring lines of
arches, or extreme ends of openings for multiple culvert boxes.
 Canopy – A roof-type structure, also referred to as a shelter, located above entrances
for stations to protect the entryway and customers from inclement weather.
 Cladding – The material used for the exterior facing or envelope of a structure.
 Crash Wall – A concrete wall built to protect a structure and/or its supporting parts and
limit damage from a vehicular collision or crash by an LRV or other railroad vehicle.
 Culvert – A structure designed hydraulically to take advantage of submergence and
increase hydraulic capacity. Culverts, as distinguished from bridges, are usually covered
with embankment and are composed of structural material around the entire perimeter,
although some are supported on spread footings with the streambed serving as the
bottom of the culvert. If a culvert meets the length requirements of a bridge, it shall meet
any bridge-specific design requirements. Otherwise, culverts shall meet the requirements
of a small structure.
 Curtain Walls – A non-load-bearing exterior wall system that is supported by the
structural system of the building it envelops. A curtain wall may be composed of panels
of glazing or of veneers of stone, concrete, masonry, or metal.
 Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures – Underground structures include those that
are erected within a supported excavation, often with a decking system, that is installed
to maintain traffic. Retained excavations, which are open excavations with a continuous
concrete invert that connect at-grade LRT facilities to underground structures, are
considered to be underground structures for the purposes of these design criteria. Mined
tunnel linings and shafts are not considered underground structures in these design
criteria (these items are included in Chapter 10, Bored Tunnels, Mined Tunnels and
Ancillary Structures, and Shafts).
 Emergency Guardrail – A device installed on tracks at specific locations to limit the
lateral displacement of a derailed LRV (see Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials,
for more information).
 Glazing – A wall made of glass which is fitted or mounted in a frame.
 Head House – An enclosed station entry that may also house mechanical and/or
electrical systems.
 Masonry – A compound material consisting primarily of masonry units and mortar.
Masonry units may be manufactured cementitious products such as bricks and concrete
blocks (CMU), or quarried and in-situ stones. Masonry units and mortar are often used

Maryland Transit Administration 9-2 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

as load-bearing assemblies which may include wood, metal reinforcing and/or


embedment, and other materials.
 Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) – A scalar representation of the amount of sound
energy absorbed upon striking a particular surface. An NRC of 0 indicates perfect
reflection and an NRC of 1 indicates perfect absorption.
 Pedestrian Bridge – A bridge structure that primarily carries pedestrian traffic with an
occasional small maintenance vehicle.
 Platform – The portion of a station used by passengers for boarding and alighting LRVs
and awaiting train arrival.
 Restraining Rail – Reduces wear on the rails as LRVs traverse curves by restraining the
wheels away from the outer edge of the running rail (see Chapter 8, Track Alignment and
Materials, for more information).
 Retaining Wall – A retaining wall is defined as a wall structure which retains fill with a
minimum exposed face height of 4 feet and a minimum overall height from top of footing
to top of wall of 5 feet. Wall structures not meeting these minimum height requirements
are not considered retaining walls.
 Shelter – See Canopy.
 Shop – The structure that houses the equipment for the maintenance and cleaning of
LRVs and other rail vehicles and equipment. It is designed as a building that incorporates
several work bays with tracks (see Section 9.2.12 and Chapter 13, Yards & Shops, for
more information).
 Small Structure – In accordance with the MDSHA Structure Inspection and Remedial
Engineering Division, small structures are bridge and culvert-type structures carrying
vehicles, pedestrians, or other moving loads, and having a clear span length from 5 feet
to 20 feet as measured along the traveled roadway. An exception to this definition
includes structures having a clear span length from 3 feet to less than 5 feet if there is
less fill over the structure than the clear span of the structure.
 Station – A facility where rail vehicles pick up or drop off passengers. Stations may be
located on the surface, underground in a tunnel, or above ground on a bridge structure.
A station consists of a platform area with access for passengers coming and going, ticket
vending machines (TVMs), information on arrivals and departures, and shelters. Stations
can be side loading or center loading, meaning passengers board and alight the LRVs
from the side of each track or from between sets of tracks, respectively. Station design
is subject to NFPA 130 provisions.
 Sound Transmission Class (STC) – An integer rating of the ability of a building material
to attenuate airborne sound.
 Structural Support – Element of a bridge or ancillary facility that bears load from the
superstructure or overhead portions of the structure and transfers it to the foundations.
Structural supports include, but are not limited to, abutments, piers, bents, and columns.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-3 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.1.2 Codes and Standards

Codes and standards to be used for structural design include:

 MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Manual (DCM).


 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), A Policy
on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.
 AASHTO, AASHTO Guide Specifications for Seismic Isolation Design, Second Edition.
 AASHTO, Guide Specifications for Structural Design of Sound Barriers.
 AASHTO, LRFD Bridge Construction Specifications.
 AASHTO, LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.

 AASHTO, LRFD Guide Specification for Design of Pedestrian Bridges.


 AASHTO, Manual for Bridge Evaluation.
 AASHTO, R 8-96, Standard Practice for Evaluation of Transportation-Related Earthborne
Vibrations.
 AASHTO, Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Seventeenth Edition, 2002, with
current interim specifications.
 AASHTO, Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires
and Traffic Signals.
 American Concrete Institute (ACI), ACI 207, Guide to Mass Concrete.
 ACI, ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
 ACI, ACI 358.1R-92, Analysis and Design of Reinforced Concrete Guideway Structures,
1992.
 ACI, ACI 530, Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and
Related Commentaries.
 ACI, ACI 562-12, Code Requirements for Evaluation, Repair, and Rehabilitation of
Concrete Buildings (ACI 562) and Commentary.
 American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), Steel Construction Manual, Specification
for Structural Steel Buildings.
 AISC, Seismic Design Manual.
 AISC, Steel Construction Manual.
 American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (AREMA), Manual
for Railway Engineering.
 ASTM International (ASTM) Standards.
 American Welding Society (AWS) Standards.
Maryland Transit Administration 9-4 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Applied Technology Council (ATC), ATC-32, Improved Seismic Design Criteria for
California Bridges: Provisional Recommendations, 1996.
 ASCE/SEI Standard 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.
 Code of Federal Regulations, 23 CFR Part 650.2, National Bridge Inspection Standards.
 FHWA-IF-03-017, Geotechnical Engineering Circular No. 7 – Soil Nail Walls.
 FHWA-IF-99-015, Geotechnical Engineering Circular No. 4 – Ground Anchors and
Anchored Systems.
 FHWA RD-82-046, Tiebacks, Executive Summary.
 FHWA RD-82-047, Tiebacks.
 FHWA-RD-89-93, Soil Nailing for Stabilization of Highway Slopes and Excavations.
 FHWA-SA-93-068, Soil Nailing Field Inspectors Manual.
 FHWA-SA-96-069, Manual for Design and Construction Monitoring of Soil Nail Walls,
1997.
 FHWA-SA-96-071, Mechanically Stabilized Earth Walls and Reinforced Soil Slopes –
Design and Construction Guidelines, 1996.
 Idriss, I. M. and Sun, J. I., A Computer Program for Conducting Equivalent Linear Seismic
Response Analyses of Horizontally Layered Soil Deposits, Center for Geotechnical
Modeling, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of California at
Davis, 1992.
 International Code Council (ICC), International Building Code (IBC).
 International Code Council (ICC), International Existing Building Code (IEBC).
 Maryland State Highway Administration (MDSHA), Sound Barrier Policy.
 MDSHA, Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials.
 MDSHA, Structural Standards Manual Vol. 1 and 2, including:
o Standard No. BR-SS(5.02)-76-55, Protective Barrier for Portion of Bridge over
Electrified Railroad with F-Shape Parapet.
o Standard No. BR-SS(3.05)-75-25, Anti-Climb Shield for Chain Link Safety Fences
Types I and II.
 Maryland Transit Administration (MTA), Design Development Manual.
 MTA, Facilities Inspection Manual.
 MTA, Inspection of MTA Buildings.
 Montgomery County, Highway Noise Abatement Policy.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-5 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Multidisciplinary Center for Earthquake Engineering Research (MCEER), MCEER-98-


0005, Screening Guide for Rapid Assessment of Liquefaction Hazard to Highway
Bridges.
 National Center for Earthquake Engineering Research (NCEER), NCEER-97-0022,
Proceedings of the NCEER Workshop on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils.
 National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP), Report 350, Devices in
Work Zones.
 NCHRP, Report 663, Design of Roadside Barrier Systems Placed on MSE Retaining
Walls.
 National Forest Products Association (NFPA), National Design Specification for Wood
Construction (NDS).
 National Fire and Protection Association (NFPA), NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed
Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail Systems.
 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards.
 Portland Cement Association (PCA), Engineering Mass Concrete Structures.
 Precast Concrete Institute (PCI), PCI Design Handbook: Precast and Prestressed
Concrete.
 Transit Cooperative Research Program (TCRP), Report 155, Track Design Handbook for
Light Rail Transit.
 U.S. Access Board, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and Architectural Barriers Act
(ABA) Accessibility Guidelines.
 U.S. Bureau of Mines (USBM), RI 8507, Structure Response Damage Produced by
Ground Vibration from Surface Mine Blasting.

 U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)


Accessible Transportation Facilities.
 U.S. DOT, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Transportation Facilities.
 Wang, J., Seismic Design of Tunnels – A Simple State-of-the-Art Design Approach,
Monograph 7, 1991 William Barclay Parsons Fellowship, Parsons Brinckerhoff, 1993.
 Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA), Adjacent Construction Project
Manual.

9.1.3 Hierarchy of Design Codes

Where a conflict between two or more documents exists, it shall be resolved by the order of priority
in Table 9.1. If the documents are of equal priority, then the more stringent design criteria of the
conflicting governing bodies shall control the design. The latest, most current edition in print of
each document, including interim revisions, shall be used for design. At the beginning of the final

Maryland Transit Administration 9-6 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

design, the latest, most current edition in print of each document shall be used for the final design
phase and shall be carried through to advertisement.

Table 9.1 – Priority of Documents


Priority Agency Title
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design
MTA Criteria Manual (this document)
MTA Standard Specifications
Americans with Disabilities Act
1 Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) Accessible Transportation
(ADA)
Facilities
Various (i.e. WMATA, AMTRAK,
Adjacent work requirements and
CSX, MDSHA, State of
or Maryland Building Code
Maryland, etc.)
LRFD Bridge Design
American Association of State
Specifications
Highway Transportation Officials
2 (AASHTO) Standard Specifications for
Highway Bridges
International Code Council (ICC) International Building Code (IBC)
American Railway Engineering
3 and Maintenance-of-Way Manual for Railway Engineering
Association (AREMA)
American Concrete Institute Building Code Requirements for
(ACI) Structural Concrete (ACI 318)
4
American Institute of Steel
Steel Construction Manual
Construction (AISC)

If revisions or new editions of the documents are introduced while the design is in progress, prior
to the beginning of final design, the design team shall use the revised or new edition of the
documents. Once the final design commences, the design team shall continue to use the edition
that was the latest, most current version available in print at the beginning of the final design,
unless otherwise directed by MTA.

In addition to these documents, the design team shall comply with all other applicable engineering
codes and standards, including those of the various federal, state, and local jurisdictions.

When proposed structures are in the vicinity of property owned by agencies other than MTA,
including other railroad tracks and buildings, the design team must adhere to the owner’s
requirements for adjacent work. For example, when proposed structures are adjacent to existing
Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (WMATA) right-of-way (ROW), the design team
shall ensure that requirements of WMATA’s Adjacent Construction Project Manual are met. This

Maryland Transit Administration 9-7 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

reference sets the limits of adjacent construction relative to WMATA. It does not need to be
considered when the proposed construction is located outside of these limits.

9.2 Design Requirements

9.2.1 Design Method

9.2.1.1 New Structures

The components of new structures subject to LRT loading shall be designed as a system, where
applicable, in accordance with the following, unless directed otherwise:

 For bridges that support LRT loading with or without influence from highway and/or
pedestrian loading, the design requirements of the applicable LRT load combinations
(see Section 9.2.2) and AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, with interim
specifications, shall be used except as otherwise noted. When AASHTO LRFD is not
applicable, the current edition of the AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering shall be
used.
 Unless otherwise noted in these structural design criteria, the limit states described in
AASHTO LRFD shall be investigated for the design and analysis of bridge components.
To ensure serviceability and durability, permanent deformations under overloads, live
load deflections, and fatigue characteristics under service loadings shall be investigated.
The design team must also complete constructability checks in accordance with AASHTO
LRFD.
 The LRFD method shall be used for the design of components of segmental concrete
bridges and post-tensioned concrete bridges.
 For the design of thru-girder bridges, AREMA shall be used to provide design guidance.
 Bridges shall be rated for both inventory and operating conditions using a single-car and
double-car LRV. For bridges where highway and/or pedestrian loads are also present,
the rating shall include, as applicable, the HL-93 truck, permit loads, Maryland legal loads,
pedestrian loads, and any local jurisdiction requirements, such as fire trucks and school
buses. The controlling load rating values shall be provided on the plans. Ratings shall
be provided for structures based on the method of design used.
 Drainage structures and buried structures, such as culverts, subjected to LRT, highway,
and/or pedestrian loads shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO LRFD. Pipe
culverts shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO LRFD regardless of whether or
not they are influenced by LRT, highway, and/or pedestrian loading. Load combinations
shall be developed in accordance with Section 9.2.2.
 Drainage structures and buried structures, such as culverts (except for pipe culverts), not
subjected to LRT loads and without the influence of highway and/or pedestrian loads shall
be designed by the contractor and approved by MTA or its representative.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-8 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 For building structures that support LRT loading, applicable loads shall be applied to the
structure using the provisions outlined in Section 9.2.2.
 For building structures not subjected to LRT loading, as well as the structural components
located above the portion of a structure subjected to LRT loading, the International Code
Council’s (ICC) International Building Code (IBC) shall be used, unless the governing
jurisdiction has other requirements.
 For steel structures subjected to LRT, railroad, or highway loading, excluding bridges,
drainage structures, and buried structures, Steel Construction Manual, Specification for
Structural Steel for Buildings of the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) shall
be used.
 For concrete, reinforced concrete, precast concrete, and prestressed and post-tensioned
concrete structures subjected to LRT, railroad, or highway loading, excluding bridges,
drainage structures, and buried structures, the Building Code Requirements for Structural
Concrete of the American Concrete Institute (ACI 318) shall be used.
 The use of timber shall be prohibited in the design of primary LRT structures. Timber shall
only be used for ancillary structures. For timber structures other than structures subjected
to LRT or highway loading, the National Design Specification for Wood Construction
(NDS), by the National Forest Products Association (NFPA), shall be followed. Timber
structures with spans over 20 feet in length shall not be allowed for permanent structures.
 Earth retention structures that are railroad-owned or which retain railroad tracks shall be
designed in accordance with criteria prescribed in AREMA Chapter 8, Part 5, as
supplemented by criteria of the railroad owner.
 Earth retention structures that are owned by local governments or other owners shall be
designed in accordance with criteria specified by each owner unless approval of the use
of other criteria contained herein is obtained from the owner.
 Earth retention structures retaining or influenced by any combination of LRT, highway,
and pedestrian loads shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO LRFD. The loads
shall be combined in accordance with Section 9.2.2.
 Earth retention structures that retain building loads and are not subjected to LRT loading
shall be designed in accordance with ICC’s IBC or International Residential Code (IRC),
as applicable.
 The deck system, except for temporary structures, over underground stations shall be
designed and rated as a bridge structure in accordance with these criteria.
 Underground structures shall be modeled and shall take into account the stiffness of the
surrounding material as established by the Geotechnical Engineer.
 Noise walls shall be designed in accordance with the local jurisdiction’s governing
guidelines. If no local guidelines are provided, Maryland State Highway Administration’s
(MDSHA) Sound Barrier Policy shall be used.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-9 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 For the overhead power distribution system, the design of support structures shall be in
accordance with Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary System.
 Where underground utilities exist or are proposed near bridges, retaining structures,
drainage structures, and buried structures, refer to Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities,
for further information.
 Units of measurement used in the design of, and plans for, new structures shall be U.S.
Customary Units.

9.2.1.2 Existing Structures

The components of existing structures subject to LRT loading shall be analyzed as a system,
where applicable, in accordance with the following, unless directed otherwise:

 Components of existing structures, including bridges, buildings, and earth retaining


structures, subject to LRT loading shall be checked for their capacities using the same
design methodology for which they were designed. Load combinations shall be
developed in accordance with Section 9.2.2. If the original design methodology is
unknown, bridge and earth retaining structures shall be checked for their capacities in
accordance with AASHTO’s Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, with the
addition of applicable LRT loading. For building structures, if the original design
methodology is unknown, AISC and ACI 318, as applicable, shall be used to check the
structural capacity of the existing structure.
 For structures not subject to LRT loading with modifications to their use classification,
their operation and capacity shall be checked using the same design methodology for
which they were designed. If the original design methodology is unknown, structures
shall be checked for their operation and capacity in accordance with the requirements of
AASHTO, IBC, AISC or ACI 318, as applicable.
 For existing thru-girder bridges subject to LRT loading, components shall be checked for
their capacities using the same design methodology for which they were designed,
including applicable design codes and LRT loading as described in Section 9.2.2. If the
original design methodology is unknown, thru-girder structures shall be checked for their
operation and capacities in accordance with AREMA.
 Underground structures shall be modeled and analyzed, taking into account the stiffness
of the surrounding material as established by the geotechnical engineering team.
 Load ratings shall be performed for bridges, for both inventory and operating conditions,
using single-car and double-car LRT loading. For bridges where highway and/or
pedestrian loads are also present, the rating shall include, as applicable, the HS-20 truck,
permit loads, Maryland legal loads, pedestrian loads, and any local jurisdiction
requirements, such as fire trucks. The controlling load rating values shall be provided on
the plans. Load ratings shall be provided for bridges based on the method of design for
which the structure was originally designed. If the original design methodology is
unknown, structures shall be rated in accordance with AASHTO.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-10 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Repairs and strengthening, if required, shall also be designed in accordance with the
same design methodology for which the structure was designed. If the original method
of design is unknown, repairs and strengthening design shall be completed in accordance
with the same methodology as outlined in the first bullet of this section, Section 9.2.1.2.
 Units of measurement used for the design of, and plans for, modifications to existing
structures shall be U.S. Customary Units.

9.2.1.3 Transportation Facilities Not MTA-Owned

Facilities owned by entities other than MTA (such as utilities, railroads, localities, etc.) shall be
designed based on the design criteria of their owners. Units of measurement used for the design
of, and plans for, modifications to any transportation facilities owned by entities other than MTA
shall be compatible with the units used in their original design or as specified by the owner.

9.2.1.4 Yard and Shop Facilities

Structures associated with yards and shops shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 13,
Yards & Shops, and Sections 9.2.2, 9.2.3.3, 9.2.12, and 9.3.

9.2.2 Loads and Forces

Structures or parts of structures subject to LRT loadings shall be designed to withstand the loads
and forces defined herein. Sections 9.2.2.1 through 9.2.2.21 provide unfactored loads to be
combined as defined in Sections 9.2.2.22 through 9.2.2.24, as applicable, based on the guidance
provided in Section 9.2.1. These include loads due to the following:

 Dead load (DL).


 Live load (LL).
 Derailment load (DR).
 Impact (I).
 Centrifugal force (CF).
 Rolling force (RF).
 Hunting force (HF).
 Longitudinal force (LF).
 Earth pressure (E).
 Hydrostatic pressure and buoyancy (B).
 Wind load on structure (W).
 Wind load on live load (WL).
 Stream flow pressure and flooding (SF).

Maryland Transit Administration 9-11 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Shrinkage and creep forces (S).


 Thermal force (T).
 Ice pressure (ICE).
 System loads (SL).
 Rail break load (RB).
 Differential settlement (DS).
 Earthquake force (EQ).
 Snow load (SN).
The loading criteria to which structures are designed shall appear on the structural drawings.
Concrete placing sequence shall be indicated on the plans or in the supplementary conditions.
Elements must be checked for loads induced by the concrete placing sequence. Construction
loads shall be accounted for in the design.

9.2.2.1 Dead Load (DL)

Dead load (DL) forces applied to structures and bridges supporting LRT shall consist of the actual
weight of the structure including the basic supporting girders, beams, deck, floors, permanently
installed trackwork, electrification, safety walks, fences, light/signal poles, pipes, conduits, cables,
utilities, and other permanent fixtures. The dead load of the catenary support system for
electrification shall be provided by the system design team to the design team’s structural
engineer. DL shall include DC, DD, and DW for AASHTO LRFD load combinations.

Trackwork, appurtenances, and secondary elements supported by the structure and added after
construction of the basic structure shall be considered as superimposed dead load. In areas of
tie-and-ballast construction, the weight of rails, fastenings, ties, and ballast shall also be
considered as superimposed dead load.

Dead load forces applied to structures not supporting LRT shall consist of the actual weight of the
structure, including beams, girders, decks, floors, walls, walkways, railings, lights, pipes, conduits,
cables, utilities, mechanical systems, and other permanent fixtures.

Any items supported by the structure, but added after construction of the basic structure, shall be
considered as superimposed dead load. This may include, but is not limited to: fencing, barriers,
lights, platform furniture, machinery, electrical equipment, bridge cranes, ladders, overhead
catenary system (OCS), pumps, battery/generators, elevators, escalators, artwork such as
sculptures, and storage of materials needed to service and clean the station.

The following dead loads shall apply to yard and shop facilities:

 An additional 25 pounds per square foot (psf), unfactored, shall be included in the design
of mezzanines and elevated walkways in yard and shop facilities.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-12 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 In addition to dead load the roof framing system of yard and shop facilities shall include
an unfactored design dead load of 10 psf for miscellaneous utilities supported from the
framing system.
Additional dead loads shall be applied as follows:

 An additional 15 psf, unfactored, shall be included in the design where bridge decks
and/or floor slabs are supported by steel forms that remain in place.
 An additional 25 psf, unfactored, to account for a (new) future wearing surface shall be
included in the design where bridge decks and/or floor slabs carry highway traffic with or
without LRVs.
Since dead load stresses are always present, the structure shall be designed in a manner to
sustain them at all times without reduction, except as required by applicable load combinations.
Dead load shall be computed from the weights of the materials composing the structure and its
permanent fixtures. The approximate unit weight of materials normally used in construction is
shown in Table 9.2Table 9.2Table 9.2. A specific check should be made as to the actual weight
where a variation might affect the adequacy of the design or in cases where the construction may
vary from normal practice.

Table 9.2 – Weight of Construction Materials


Material Weight
Aluminum Alloys 175 pcf
Asphalt Mastic, Bituminous Macadam 150 pcf
Backfill, Lightweight 60 pcf
Ballast, Crushed Stone 120 pcf
Ceilings, Plaster Board, Unplastered Gypsum 3 psf
Ceiling Tile, 2 inches 9 psf
Unplastered Pressed Steel 2 psf
Ceramic Glazed Structural Facing Tile, 4 inches 33 psf
Concrete, Normal, Plain, or Reinforced 150 pcf
Lightweight, Plain, or Reinforced 110 pcf
Heavyweight, Plain, or Reinforced 350 pcf
Soil, Dry Unit Weight 130 pcf
Submerged Unit Weight 68 pcf
(Table 9.2 continued on following page)

Floors, Gypsum Floor Slab, per inch 5 psf


Asphalt Mastic 5 psf

Maryland Transit Administration 9-13 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Table 9.2 – Weight of Construction Materials


Material Weight
Ceramic Tile on 1-inch Mortar Bed 23 psf
Terrazzo, 1 inch on ½-inch Mortar Bed 18 psf
Marble, 1 inch on ½-inch Mortar Bed 20 psf
Linoleum, ¼ inch 2 psf
Maple, ⅞ inch on Sheathing, 2 inches Cinder fill, No Ceiling 18 psf
Oak, ⅞ inch on Sheathing, Wood Joists at 16-inch Centers,
11 psf
No Ceiling
Glass 160 pcf
Gravel, Sand 120 pcf
Iron, Cast 450 pcf
Partitions, Plaster, 2 inches, Channel Stud, Metal Lath 20 psf
Plaster, 4 inches, Channel Stud, Metal Lath 32 psf
Hollow Plaster, 4 inches, Metal Lath 22 psf
Gypsum Block, Solid, 3 inches (both sides plastered) 19 psf
Gypsum Block, Hollow, 5 inches (both sides plastered) 22 psf
Marble Wainscoating, 1 inch 15 psf
Steel Partitions 4 psf
Ceramic Glazed Structural Tile, 4 inches 33 psf
Rails and Fastenings, per Track (2 rails) 200 plf
Roofs, Roofing Felt, 3 Ply and Gravel 5.5 psf
Roofing Felt, 5 Ply 6.5 psf
Sheathing, ¾-inch thickness 3.5 psf
Steel 490 pcf
Timber, Untreated 48 pcf
Treated 60 pcf
Water 62.4 pcf
(Table 9.2 continued on following page)

Walls, Brick Solid, per Inch 10 psf


Terra Cotta Tile, 4 inches - Plastering - Add 25 psf

Maryland Transit Administration 9-14 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Table 9.2 – Weight of Construction Materials


Material Weight
Terra Cotta Tile, 8 inches, 5 psf per side 33 psf
Terra Cotta Tile, 12 inches 45 psf
Glass, Structural, per inch 15 psf
Windows, Frame, Glass, Sash 8 psf
Stone, 4 inches 55 psf
Steel Sheet, 14 gauge 3 psf
Note: plf = pounds per linear foot psf = pounds per square foot
pcf = pounds per cubic foot

9.2.2.2 Live Load (LL)

Live load (LL) shall consist of any non-permanent loads, including the weight of machinery,
equipment, stored materials, persons, LRVs, work trains or other moving objects, and loads due
to maintenance operations.

9.2.2.2.1 Buildings and Structures Owned by MTA – Unfactored Loads

 Floors, except as listed below, shall be designed for a minimum live load of 250 psf,
regardless of the intended use of the space.
 Electrical equipment rooms, service rooms, storage space, and machinery rooms shall
be designed for a uniform load of 250 psf, to be increased if storage or machinery loads
dictate.
 Elevator rails, and potentially buffers for cabs and/or counterweights, shall account for
the live loads of the particular elevator under consideration.
 Where applicable, loads due to the presence of LRVs shall be applied in accordance with
this section of design criteria.
 Any live loads not listed shall conform to the requirements of the IBC.

9.2.2.2.2 LRV Design Loading

See Figure 9.1Figure 9.1Figure 9.1 for LRV dimensions and weights. A single or double LRV
loading, whichever produces the critical design loading, shall be used for structural design. LRV
wheel loads shall be distributed as follows:

 Fixed Rail Structures – Where a wheel load is transmitted to a slab through rail
mountings placed directly on the slab, the wheel load shall be assumed to be uniformly
distributed on the slab over a 3-foot length of rail and a 1-foot 2-inch width normal to the
rail and centered at the rail. In addition, the slab shall be designed to support the
derailment load as defined in Section 9.2.2.3. The effective distribution width (E) of the
derailment load shall be as outlined below.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-15 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

For deck between supports:


E = 0.58S < 3.0 feet (Equation 9-1)
Where:
S = Span length between center lines of support.
For cantilever deck:
Moment: E = 2.5 feet + 0.2X (Equation 9-2)
Diagonal Tension: E = 4t (Equation 9-3)
Where:
X = Distance from load to point of support.
t = Thickness of deck.
 Ballasted Deck Structures – The live load distribution for ballasted decks supported by
transverse steel floor beams or longitudinal steel beams or girders shall be in
conformance with AREMA Chapter 15 Section 1.3.4.2, “Ballasted Deck Structures.” The
live load distribution for ballasted decks supported by concrete structures shall be in
conformance with AREMA Chapter 8 Section 2.2.3(c) Live Load (2), (3), and (4).

9.2.2.2.3 Crane Car and Work Train Design Loading

See Figure 9.2Figure 9.2Figure 9.2 for crane car dimensions and weights and Figure 9.4Figure
9.4Figure 9.4, Figure 9.5Figure 9.5Figure 9.5, and Figure 9.6Figure 9.6Figure 9.6 for work train
dimensions and weights. For structural design, the crane car and work trains should be assumed
to occupy a single LRT track while the other LRT track is empty. For mixed-traffic bridges, lanes
without LRT tracks should be assumed to carry highway live loads.

9.2.2.2.4 Locomotive Design Loading

See Formatted: Normal, Left

Figure 9.3 Formatted: Normal, Left

Figure 9.3Figure 9.3 for locomotive (CR 8) dimensions and weights. For structural design,
assume the locomotive is pulling a full double-car train (AW2 loading) on a single LRT track. The
other LRT track should be assumed to be operating under normal conditions. For yard and shop
facility loadings, see Section 9.2.2.2.19.

9.2.2.2.5 Reduction in Load Intensity

For structures carrying LRT loads only, a track shall be considered as a traffic lane in referencing
applicable sections of AASHTO LRFD Article 3.6.1 or AASHTO Article 3.12, as applicable per
Section 9.2.1.

For highway bridges supporting LRT loads, the following shall be used to determine the number
of traffic lanes:

Maryland Transit Administration 9-16 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 If lanes are shared use (i.e., LRVs share a lane with highway vehicles), the live load
should be determined by the controlling case between:
o Case 1 – Treating lanes as highway lanes and applying applicable multiple
presence factors per AASHTO LRFD Article 3.6.1 or AASHTO Article 3.12.
o Case 2 – Treating highway-only lane(s) with applicable multiple presence factors
per the references in Case 1, above, and treating shared use lane(s) as LRT
lane(s) with no reduction in load intensity.
 If lanes are dedicated use (i.e., LRVs will never share a lane with highway vehicles), the
live load shall be determined in accordance with Case 2, above.

9.2.2.2.6 Highway Bridges not Supporting LRT Loads

For highway bridges not supporting LRT loads, live loads shall be determined in accordance with
AASHTO LRFD or AASHTO as applicable per Section 9.2.1.

9.2.2.2.7 Underground Stations

Underground stations having less than 8 feet of earth cover shall be designed for the more severe
of the two cases, as follows:

 Case 1 – If the depth of backfill cover is less than or equal to 2 feet, roadway live loads
shall be distributed according to AASHTO LRFD or AASHTO as applicable per Section
9.2.19.2.19.2.1.
If the depth of backfill cover is greater than 2 feet, distribution of roadway vehicle wheel
loads through earth fills may be based on the following: Use a graduated uniform live load
distributed over a square area with sides equal to 1.75 times the depth of fill in select
granular backfill or equal to the depth of fill in other cases. Where such areas overlap due
to several wheels, the total load shall be uniformly distributed over the area.
 Case 2 – Assume a future backfill cover of 8 feet plus a uniform live load of 300 psf.
Underground stations having greater than 8 feet of earth cover shall be designed for the load due
to the depth of cover plus a uniform live load of 300 psf.

9.2.2.2.8 Pedestrian Bridges and Other Pedestrian Areas

Pedestrian bridges, pedestrian ramps, mezzanines, passenger platforms, and other pedestrian
areas associated with an LRT station or with direct access to a mezzanine or platform shall be
designed for an unfactored uniform live load of 150 pounds per square foot. This load applies to
primary supporting members including beams, girders, trusses, and arches with no load reduction
permitted.

Stairways shall be designed in accordance with Section 9.2.2.2.18.

Pedestrian bridges and other pedestrian structures not associated with a station platform or
mezzanine shall have a live load in accordance with AASHTO Guide Specifications for Design of
Pedestrian Bridges or AASHTO LRFD Guide Specification for Design of Pedestrian Bridges, as

Maryland Transit Administration 9-17 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

applicable, with no load reduction permitted. This load applies to primary supporting members,
including beams, girders, trusses, and arches with no load reduction permitted. Secondary
members shall be designed for an unfactored live load of 150 psf with no reduction permitted.

Pedestrian bridges shall be designed for an occasional single maintenance vehicle load provided
vehicular access is not physically prevented.

If no design vehicle configuration is specified by MTA, the following loads for AASHTO Standard
H-Truck shall be used: 10,000 pounds (H-5 Truck) for clear deck width from 6 feet to 10 feet, and
20,000 pounds (H-10 Truck) for clear deck width over 10 feet.

Deck widths of less than 6 feet need not be designed for a maintenance vehicle load.

9.2.2.2.9 Concrete Track Slab

Concrete track slabs shall be designed to carry applicable loads as listed in Section 9.2.2.

The slab thickness and reinforcement provided shall be adequate to resist longitudinal bending
stresses due to:

 Dynamic wheel loads, including impact, as described in Section 9.2.2.4.


 The maximum authorized live loads if freight traffic is anticipated.
 Warping stresses caused by temperature differentials between the top and bottom of the
slab (assuming a temperature gradient of 2.25ᵒF per inch).
 Thermal stresses as described in Section 9.2.2.15.

9.2.2.2.10 Fixed Ladders

Ladders shall be designed, at a minimum, to sustain loads as required by Occupational Safety


and Health Administration (OSHA) standards, IBC, and ASCE-7.

9.2.2.2.11 Railings – Unfactored Loads

Railing design shall consider the following loads:

 Railings on Station Platforms and Mezzanines – Railings at these locations shall be


designed for the simultaneous application of a horizontal load of 150 plf and a vertical
load of 100 plf at the top.
 Handrails and top rails of guards other than on station platforms and mezzanines.
o Uniform load of 50 plf applied in any direction.
o Concentrated load of 200 pounds applied in any direction.
o Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
o All handrails/top rails of guards shall have adequate attachment devices and
supports to transfer loads to the structure.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-18 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Intermediate rails, balusters, and infill panels.


o Horizontally applied normal load of 50 pounds on an area not to exceed 1 square
foot, including opening and space between rails.
o This load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
o Intermediate rails, balusters, and infill panels shall have adequate attachment
devices and supports to transfer load to the structure.
 Parapets – The force applied to the parapet for design shall be taken as the more
stringent of the following loads or higher as deemed necessary by MTA, the owner, or the
design team due to specific site conditions.
o Uniform load of 50 plf applied in any direction at the top of the parapet.
o Concentrated load of 200 pounds applied in any direction at the top of the parapet.
o Derailment load if structure carries LRVs and is not protected by emergency
guardrails, applied as defined under Section 9.2.2.3.
o TL-1 loading criteria in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article 13.7.2 if structure
is a pedestrian bridge.
o TL-4 loading criteria in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article 13.7.2 if structure
retains highway loading.
o Uniform, concentrated, derailment, TL-1 and TL-4 loads need not be assumed to
act concurrently.

9.2.2.2.12 Equestrian Loads

Equestrian loads need not be considered.

9.2.2.2.13 Safety Walks

Safety walkways shall be designed for a minimum uniform live load of 85 psf on the walkway area,
or a minimum concentrated load of 300 pounds.

9.2.2.2.14 Sidewalks

A minimum uniform live load of 600 psf shall be applied to street sidewalks. On bridges, sidewalk
loads shall be in accordance with Section 9.2.2.2.8 for pedestrian bridges and AASHTO LRFD
for highway bridges.

9.2.2.2.15 Curbs

A horizontal force of 500 plf shall be applied at the top of curbs on permanent structures.

9.2.2.2.16 Grates over Vent Shafts

Steel grates over vent shafts shall be designed based on their locations. If subject to pedestrian
and vehicular live load, grates shall be designed for the applicable wheel load. At a minimum, an

Maryland Transit Administration 9-19 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

unfactored load of 150 psf shall be applied to the grate and the frame of the grate. Refer to
Section 9.2.3.17 for further information regarding the air pressure loads due to ventilation and
moving trains.

9.2.2.2.17 Bridge Cranes

For bridge crane requirements, refer to Chapter 13, Yards & Shops.

9.2.2.2.18 Stairways

Stairways shall be designed for a uniform load of 100 psf or a concentrated load of 300 pounds
on the center of stair treads, whichever controls.

9.2.2.2.19 Yard and Shop Facilities

In addition to applicable loading above, the following minimum loads shall be considered for yard
and shop facilities, and may be increased depending on specific conditions and activities at any
given maintenance facility.

 Shop tracks (embedded rail or posted rail, or any turntables or hoisting equipment that Formatted: Bullets, Left
LRVs will pass over) shall be designed to support the specified LRV weight of the empty
car plus seated load (AW3) without any overstress, or the specified weight of the
designated rescue locomotive as shown in
Figure 9.3 Formatted: Bullets, Left

 Figure 9.3
 Figure 9.3, whichever is greater.
 Shop floor areas that can be accessed from the exterior by highway vehicles shall be
designed to support an H-20 AASHTO highway truck loading.
 Shop floor areas that can be accessed by forklift-type vehicles shall be designed to
support a forklift single-axle loading (wheels 4 feet on center) of 12 kips.
 Shop floor areas within 10 feet of the center of a shop embedded rail track shall be
designed to support a portable jack loading on the slab of 20 kips applied over a bearing
area of 2 feet by 2 feet.
 LRV repair areas shall be designed for a uniform floor live loading of 250 psf. This floor
loading shall not be combined with vehicle, forklift, or jack loadings.
 All LRV component repair areas shall be designed for a uniform floor live loading of 250
psf. This floor loading shall not be combined with vehicle or forklift loadings.
 Parts or component storage areas shall be designed for a minimum floor loading of 250
psf. High bay storage areas (any storage system extending higher than 10 feet above
the floor) shall be designed for a minimum floor loading of 500 psf. An analysis of the rack
system shall be made to document the final floor design loading in storage areas using

Maryland Transit Administration 9-20 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

rack systems. Aisles adjacent to storage racks shall be designed to support forklift
loadings but the forklift loading shall not be combined with the minimum floor loading.
 Office, locker, toilet, training, and conference rooms, and other support type areas, shall
be designed for a minimum floor loading of 100 psf.
 Work platforms shall be designed for a minimum live load of 125 psf. Operational studies
of work platform use shall be made and the platform designed for concentrated loads
from pallet jacks, dollies, or components if maintenance operations dictate such a loading.
 Mezzanine areas in yard and shop facilities that are not LRV component repair areas or
storage areas shall be designed for a live load of 80 psf minimum. Mezzanine level areas
that are LRV component repair areas or storage areas shall be designed for a minimum
floor live load of 250 psf.
 Pit columns and the floors leading to the pits shall be designed for the LRV, work train,
crane car, and locomotive shown in Figure 9.1Figure 9.1Figure 9.1 through Figure
9.6Figure 9.6Figure 9.6. At a minimum, 250 psf shall be applied to these components.
 Based on shop material handling requirements, structural framing shall be incorporated
into the building framing system to support the specified crane and monorail loadings
including gravity, impact, lateral, and longitudinal loadings based on ASCE Standard 7
Minimum Design Loads of Buildings and Other Structures.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-21 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Figure 9.1 – LRV Design Loading, Unfactored Loads

Varies 23’ to 31’ Dim “A” Dim “A” Varies 23’ to 31’
Varies 33’ to 37’ Varies 33’ to 37’

Axle Axle Axle Axle Axle


Spacing Spacing Spacing Spacing Spacing
Varies Varies Varies Varies Varies
67” to 75” 67” to 75” 67” to 75” 67” to 75” 67” to 75”

28.98 28.98 28.98 28.98 18.991118.99 27.98 27.98 27.98 27.98

(All loadings are shown in thousands of pounds)

Vehicle Assigned Weight Values:


AW0 (Ready to Run) Maximum empty operating weight 105,500 pounds
AW4 (Structural Load) AW0 weight plus seated load of 72 149,390 pounds
passengers and one operator plus 240
passengers at 1.35 ft2/ passenger of
standing space
The AW4 weight plus a safety margin of 2,500 pounds to reflect a worst case full vehicle gives a
maximum design load of 151,890 pounds per vehicle. Utilizing this weight distributed over the
vehicle axles and accounting for an imbalance of 2,000 pounds between power trucks gives the
worst case loadings shown above.

Loadings are calculated using a worst case weight distribution of only 25% load on the trailer
trucks, with the remainder on the power trucks.

(Note: Additional information regarding the LRT design vehicle is available within Chapter 4, Light
Rail Vehicles.)

Maryland Transit Administration 9-22 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Figure 9.2 – Crane Car Design Loading

Figure 9.3 – Locomotive (CR 8) Design Loading

Maryland Transit Administration 9-23 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Figure 9.4 – Work Train Type A Design Loading

Figure 9.5 – Work Train Type B Design Loading

Figure 9.6 – Work Train Type C Design Loading

Maryland Transit Administration 9-24 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.2.3 Derailment Load (DR)

Potential derailment load (DR) effects must be considered. In the absence of actual crash test
data or the results of a detailed dynamic crash/impact analysis, the load effect of a derailment
event can be accounted for by applying concurrently vertical and horizontal (transverse) forces to
the supporting structure as outlined in Sections 9.2.2.3.1 and 9.2.2.3.2, below.

When checking any component of superstructure or substructure that supports two or more
tracks, only one train on one track shall be considered to have derailed, with the other track(s)
being empty.

Elements of the structure shall be checked assuming simultaneous application of derailed wheel
loads. The reduction of positive moment in continuous slabs due to derailed wheel loads in
adjacent spans shall not be allowed.

The derailment load shall be applied to elements of the superstructure and to those elements of
the substructure as required by Section 9.2.2.4.

9.2.2.3.1 Vertical DR

The vertical DR of LRV shall consist of the LRV’s maximum wheel load multiplied by an impact
factor. An impact factor of 100% shall be used for deck design (multiply wheel load by 2.0) and
an impact factor of 33% shall be used for girder and applicable substructure design (multiply
wheel load by 1.33). The derailment impact shall be applied to any two adjacent axles within a
single truck assembly at a time, and the normal impact factor shall be used for all other axles, as
defined in Section 9.2.2.4, which produces the critical loading condition for the structure.

The vertical DR shall be produced by one to two vehicles placed with their longitudinal axes
parallel to the track.

Lateral vehicle excursion shall vary from 4 inches minimum to 36 inches maximum for tangent
track and curved track with a radius greater than 5,000 feet. For track with smaller radii, the
maximum excursion shall be adjusted so that the derailed wheel flange is located 8 inches from
the rail traffic face of the nearest barrier, if any, or the edge of deck. In any case, for track
protected by emergency guardrail, maximum excursion shall be limited to that allowed by the
placement of the guardrail plus 6-inches.

For derailment events that would cause LRV’s wheels to bear directly on the structure slab, the
wheel load distribution on the slab should be established using a rational method, such as those
outlined in Section 9.2.2.2.2.

9.2.2.3.2 Horizontal DR

The horizontal load shall be equal to 10% of the LRV or work train weight, distributed
proportionately along the length of the train in accordance with the axle load distribution along the
length of the train, acting perpendicular (transverse) to the track alignment at an elevation of 42
inches above the top surface of the low rail.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-25 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

For cross-sections having clearance between rail vehicle and barrier, wall, or obstruction of 6
inches to 36 inches, with maximum vehicle speeds of 60 mph and not protected by emergency
guardrail, the force applied to the barrier, wall, or obstruction due to horizontal DRs shall be taken
as 40% of a single vehicle weight acting 24 inches above top of rail and normal to the barrier,
wall, or obstruction for a distance of 10 feet along the wall. Barriers, walls, and obstructions farther
than 36 inches clear from vehicles need not be designed for this increased force.

For tracks protected by emergency guardrail with a barrier, wall, or obstruction within 18 inches
of the LRV static envelope, the barrier, wall, or obstruction shall be designed to resist the
increased force as defined in the above paragraph and the emergency guardrail need not be
designed to resist derailment forces. For tracks protected by emergency guardrail with a wall or
obstruction greater than 18 inches from the static envelope of the LRV, the emergency guardrail
shall be designed by the trackwork engineer for the increased force as mentioned in the above
paragraph and the barrier, wall, or obstruction need not be designed to resist derailment forces
(see Section 9.2.2.2.11).

For tracks carried by a bridge or retained by a retaining wall, in the absence of emergency
guardrails, a barrier with a minimum thickness of 1 foot shall be designed to resist this force in
accordance with Section 9.2.2.2.11. Refer to Section 9.2.17 for additional information regarding
emergency guardrails.

9.2.2.3.3 Collision Force

Piers and abutments for bridges carrying LRVs over highway roadways shall be designed for the
collision forces specified in AASHTO LRFD or shall be protected by a crash wall. For more
information regarding crash walls, refer to Section 9.2.9.3.

9.2.2.4 Impact Load (IM or I)

Impact loads for highway bridges not supporting LRT loading shall meet the requirements of
AASHTO LRFD (IM) or AASHTO (I) as applicable per Section 9.2.1. Impact considerations for
bridges supporting LRT loading shall meet the following requirements:

 Impact shall be applied to the superstructure and generally to those members of the
structure that extend down to the top of footings. The portion above the ground line of
concrete or steel piles rigidly connected to the superstructure, as in rigid frame or
continuous design, is included. The portion of the piles rigidly connected to the
superstructure shall be designed for impact. Impact shall not be considered for retaining
walls, piles, footings, and service walks, nor shall it be considered for culverts and buried
structures having a cover of 3 feet or more.
Vertical impact for bridges shall be considered in the design as follows:

 Impact force for the design of deck joints subject to LRVs, with or without the influence of
highway vehicles, shall be I = 75% of the total live load.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-26 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Impact force for the design of the fatigue and fracture limit state to other components
except deck joints subject to LRVs, with or without the influence of highway vehicles, shall
be I = 15% of the total live load.
 Under other limit states, as defined in Sections 9.2.2.22 through 9.2.2.24, for components
other than deck joints subject to LRVs, with or without the influence of highway vehicles,
impact force shall be I = 33% of the total live load.
 These constant vertical impact factors apply where the unloaded natural frequency of the
first mode of vibration of the span is not less than 2.5 hertz. The minimum unloaded
natural frequency of the first mode of vibration of the span shall be 2.5 hertz unless a
special dynamic analysis is conducted in accordance with Section 9.2.3.2.
 For impact requirements for steel thru-girder bridges, refer to Section 9.2.5.1.6.
Impact shall not be considered for stairways, mezzanines, station platforms, or other pedestrian
areas. This also excludes impact from being applied to H-10 and H-5 trucks.

9.2.2.5 Centrifugal Force (CE or CF)

Structures carrying curved track alignments shall be designed for a horizontal radial force as
described in AASHTO LRFD Article 3.6.3 (CE) or AASHTO Article 3.10 (CF), as applicable per
Section 9.2.1. Centrifugal force shall be applied 5 feet above the top of the low rail on tracks.

9.2.2.6 Rolling Force (RF)

A force equal to 10% of the LRV loading per track shall be applied downwards on one rail and
upwards on the other, on all tracks. The rolling force shall be considered in a similar fashion as
a longitudinal force. For the rolling force on steel thru-girder bridges, refer to Section 9.2.5.1.6.

9.2.2.7 Hunting (or Nosing) Force (HF)

A transverse horizontal force equal to 10% of the LRV weight, without impact, shall be applied at
the top of the low rail in either transverse direction. This force, known as the hunting or nosing
force, shall be equally distributed to the individual axles of the LRV. If this force and centrifugal
forces act simultaneously, only the larger of the two needs to be considered. The HF shall only
be applied to one track of a tangent dual-track structure.

9.2.2.8 Longitudinal Force (LF)

A longitudinal force equal to 15% of the LRV loading, without impact, per track shall be applied 5
feet above the top of the low rail on all tracks. Consideration shall be given to combinations of
acceleration and deceleration forces where there is more than one track.

For double track substructures, three longitudinal loading cases shall be considered:

 Case 1, Single Track Loaded – One train accelerating/decelerating.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-27 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Case 2, Both Tracks Loaded – One train accelerating, one decelerating. Longitudinal
forces acting in the same direction.
 Case 3, Both Tracks Loaded – Both trains accelerating/decelerating. Longitudinal
forces acting in opposite directions.
50% of this force may be assumed to be transferred beyond the structure limits when tie-and-
ballast tracks with continuously welded or bolted rails spanning the entire structure are used.

9.2.2.9 Earth Pressure (EV, EH, ES or E)

For earth pressure forces, including horizontal and vertical earth pressure and live loads,
reference Chapter 6, Geotechnical. When highway and/or LRV traffic can come within a
horizontal distance from the top of the structure equal to one-half its height, the pressure shall
have added to it a live load surcharge. Surcharge loads on structures caused by LRV traffic and
other loads shall be superimposed to the direct loads per AREMA guidelines. The surcharge due
to the track loading shall be taken as uniformly distributed on the surface of the ballast below the
tie, over a width equal to the tie length. With increased depth of the ballast structure, above top
of retaining walls, the additional load distribution may be performed per AREMA Part 05-Section
5.3.1. Lateral earth pressures due to LRV traffic shall be computed using the elastic solutions
(Boussinesq Equation) outlined in Section 20.3.2.2 of AREMA Part-20. Based on a simplified
analysis, the equivalent soil surcharge pressure for live loads is equal to between 4.6 feet and 5.2
feet of earth for embedded track with an assumed LRT axle spacing between 67 inches and 75
inches. This equivalent surcharge assumes a safety walk is necessary for ballasted track that is
level with the top of tie and top of retaining wall; therefore, equivalent soil surcharge pressures
are assumed to be approximately equal to that of embedded track due to the level of ballast
between walls.

The zone of influence for dead loads and live loads, including LRT loading, shall be considered
in computing earth pressures on both new and existing structures. The zone of influence is
defined as a line projected downward at a 45-degree angle from the edge of the foundation or
from the edge of the LRT tie.

Cut-and-cover underground structures, except for underground stations, shall be designed for a
minimum cover depth of 8 feet. If the actual cover depth is greater than 8 feet, the actual cover
depth shall be used. Refer to Table 9.2Table 9.2Table 9.2 for the dead load of soil. For
underground stations refer to Section 9.2.2.2.7.

For underground structures, including underground stations, where full hydrostatic pressure
below the groundwater table is used as a design load, a submerged unit weight of soil per Table
9.2Table 9.2Table 9.2 shall be used. The downward force of the soil above the structure resisting
flotation shall not be taken greater than 110 pcf for dry soil and 48 pcf for submerged soil.

9.2.2.10 Hydrostatic Pressure and Buoyancy (B)

For hydrostatic pressure and buoyancy effects, see Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-28 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Piers shall be designed to resist B due to the design storm. The design team shall coordinate
with Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities, to obtain the appropriate design stormwater elevation.

9.2.2.11 Wind Load on Structure (WS or W)

Bridge structures shall be designed to withstand wind loads of uniform pressure acting upon the
superstructure, substructure, and live loads. The forces and loads given herein are based on a
wind velocity of 90 miles per hour, as recommended in the final report (1961) of the ASCE Task
Committee on Wind Forces.

The effect of wind loads during construction must be considered for the deck pouring sequence.

Where photovoltaic (PV) panels are provided or are to be considered for future installation, the
uplift force due to wind on the panels shall be considered. Uplift on the panels shall be designed
as cladding in accordance with ASCE/SEI Standard 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and
Other Structures.

9.2.2.11.1 Wind Load on Superstructure

Wind loads on the superstructure shall be developed in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article
3.8 or AASHTO Article 3.15, as applicable per Section 9.2.1. Both horizontal and vertical wind
load shall be considered.

Wind load on the catenary support system shall be considered in the design of both superstructure
and substructure elements. These loads shall be provided to the design team structural engineer
by the system design team.

9.2.2.11.2 Wind Load on Substructure

The substructure shall be designed to withstand the preceding loads applied to the superstructure
as they are transmitted to the substructure. In addition, a horizontal load of 40 psf shall be applied
simultaneously at the centroid of the substructure area in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article
3.8.1.2.3 or AASHTO Article 3.15.2, as applicable per Section 9.2.1.

9.2.2.12 Wind Load on Live Load (WL)

Design shall include a transverse horizontal wind load (WL) and a longitudinal horizontal WL for
the entire length of track supported by the element being designed. The values of these WLs
shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article 3.8.1.3 or AASHTO Article 3.22.1,
as applicable per Sections 9.2.1, except as modified herein. The transverse load shall be applied
to the train as concentrated loads at the axle locations, in a plane 7 feet above the top of the low
rail and normal to the track. The longitudinal force shall be applied to the rails and superstructure
as a uniformly distributed load in a horizontal plane 7 feet above the top of the low rail. Both
forces shall be applied simultaneously.

These loads apply to the design of substructure elements supporting a single track. For the
design of substructure elements supporting two tracks, these loads shall be decreased by 30%

Maryland Transit Administration 9-29 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

when both tracks are loaded. This factor accounts fully for the shielding effect of vehicle-on-
vehicle as both trains run alongside each other.

9.2.2.13 Stream Flow Pressure and Flooding (WA or SF)

Local flooding may add load to structures in the flood plain. Design of the structures should make
an allowance for this loading as required by the particular type of structure and the conditions
affecting each location. Anticipated flood elevations shall be determined by a study of official
flood records. Stream flow pressure and flooding forces shall be included in the design of bridges
where applicable. Piers and other portions of structures that are subject to flood forces shall be
designed in accordance with sound engineering practice. The requirements outlined in AASHTO
LRFD Article 3.7 or AASHTO Article 3.18 shall be used as a guide, as applicable per Section
9.2.1. The potential uplift forces due to buoyancy of the structural components shall be addressed
in accordance with Section 9.2.2.10.

9.2.2.14 Shrinkage and Creep Forces (SH and CR, S)

Shrinkage and creep forces (S) are described in Section 9.2.5.2.

9.2.2.15 Thermal Force (TU and TG, T)

9.2.2.15.1 Temperature Changes

Provision shall be made for stresses and deformations resulting from temperature changes as
follows (60°F shall be considered setting or neutral temperature for concrete and steel; 100°F for
rail):

 Concrete:
o Temperature rise: 30°F.
o Temperature fall: 40°F.
o Coefficient of expansion: 0.0000060 inch/inch/°F.
 Steel:
o Temperature rise: 60°F.
o Temperature fall: 60°F.
o Coefficient of expansion: 0.0000065 inch/inch/°F.
 Rail:
o Temperature rise: 40°F
o Temperature fall: 110°F
o Coefficient of expansion: 0.0000065 inch/inch/°F.
o The Structural Engineer shall coordinate with the Trackwork Engineer concerning
rail anchoring temperature and the details of how the track interfaces with the
Maryland Transit Administration 9-30 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

bridge structure. Typically, rail is set at 100°F. For additional information, refer to
Chapter 7 of TCRP Report 155, Track Design Handbook for Light Rail Transit.

9.2.2.15.2 Thermal Effect

For positive temperature gradient, AASHTO LRFD Article 3.12.3 shall be implemented
considering Zone 3 in AASHTO LRFD Table 3.12.3-1. Negative temperature values shall be
obtained by multiplying the specified positive values by (-0.3) for plain concrete decks and
(-0.2) for asphalt overlay.

In lieu of project-specific information, the load factor for temperature gradient may be taken as:

 0.0 for strength and extreme event limit states.


 1.0 for service limit state when live load is not present.
 0.5 for service limit state when live load is present.
Pier bearings in the same transverse line shall be of the same type (i.e., all expansion or all fixed).
When a pier supports two transverse lines of bearings, the bearings of the adjacent spans must
be of the same type. If this cannot be achieved due to design constraints or site conditions, the
situation shall be fully explained including what alternatives were considered and why a particular
solution is recommended.

For direct fixation track, provision shall be made for transverse and longitudinal forces due to
temperature variations in the rail. These forces shall be applied in a horizontal plane at the top of
the low rail as follows:

 Radial (Transverse) Force – For equal adjacent spans, the transverse force per span of
structure per rail shall be determined by the following formula:

T = EAα * ∆T * (L/R) (Equation 9-4)

Where: T = Transverse temperature force per span of structure per rail, pound.

E = Young's Modulus of rail, psi.

A = Rail cross-sectional area, inches2.

α = Coefficient of expansion of rail, inch/inch/°F.

∆T = Temperature differential, °F.

L = Span length along curve, feet.

R = Curve radius, feet.

For unequal adjacent spans, L shall be taken as the average of the span lengths. The
transverse force must be resolved into components parallel and perpendicular to the
pier at each rail fastener and then summed.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-31 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Longitudinal Force – The maximum longitudinal force, T, per structure per rail shall be
determined by the following formula:

T = 0.65 x P x L (Equation 9-5)

Where: P = Vertical clamping force of rail fastener per linear foot, determined
by the following formula:

P = 2 X Fclip / Sties (Equation 9-6)

Where: Fclip = Clip toe load per rail clip, pounds. However, this load need not be
taken to be greater than 2,750 pounds.

Sties = Spacing of the rail ties per fastener, feet.

L = Average span length of two adjacent spans, feet. For curved track,
L is measured along the curve.

Note: The actual force, T, may be less than the maximum determined from the
above equation and can be determined by performing rail-structure interaction
analysis in accordance with TCRP Report 155, Track Design Handbook for Light
Rail Transit.

Whenever continuously welded rail (CWR) is terminated, any movement of the rail end must be
restricted. The restraint will introduce a significant longitudinal force. To avoid excessive
longitudinal forces, CWR shall not be terminated on the structure.

Thermal forces resulting from the temperature variations in the overhead power distribution
system shall be considered. For LRT structures, the system design team shall provide the design
team’s structural engineer with all possible system loads (including those created by thermal
forces) that may act on the LRT structure.

9.2.2.15.3 Trackwork

Consideration shall be given to the thermal force interaction between the structural components
and the trackwork system. Refer to TCRP Report 155, Track Design Handbook for Light Rail
Transit, and Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials, for guidance on the interactions that must
be considered for design. The maximum stress allowed in the rails for fixed track sections due to
rail-structure interaction shall be 13,000 psi in compression or tension.
The temperature range specified in Section 9.2.2.15.1 for rail structures shall apply.

9.2.2.16 Ice Pressure (IC or ICE)

Ice forces on piers shall be selected with regard to site conditions and the mode of ice action to
be expected. The following modes shall be considered:

Maryland Transit Administration 9-32 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Dynamic loads due to moving ice-sheets and ice-floes carried by streamflow, wind, or
currents.
 Static loads due to thermal movements of continuous stationary ice-sheets on large
bodies of water.
 Static pressure resulting from ice-jams.
 Static uplift or vertical loads resulting from adhering ice in waters of fluctuating level.
Where ice may be anticipated, the thickness of ice and height at which it applies shall be
determined by investigation at the site of the structure, and its effects on the structure shall be
determined following the suitable group loading combinations outlined in AASHTO LRFD.

Provision for the applicable dynamic and static forces due to ice pressure on the structure shall
be made in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article 3.9 or AASHTO Article 3.18, as applicable
per Section 9.2.1.

For ice pressure on overhead catenary support structures, reference Chapter 17, Overhead
Catenary System.

9.2.2.17 System Loads (SL)

Design shall include loads and forces produced by the system-wide elements, such as
electrification, signalization, and communication equipment. System loads shall be developed and
provided by the system design team. Coordination with the system design team shall occur prior
to the TS&L submission to provide input on anticipated orientation, magnitude, and location of
SLs to be resisted by the structure.

9.2.2.18 Rail Break Load (RB)

Rail break loads shall be determined as outlined in TCRP Report 155, Track Design Handbook
for Light Rail Transit, and Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials. For design of direct-fixation
tracks, the following assumptions shall be made:

 Only one rail on the structure can break at a time.


 The maximum allowable longitudinal gap in a rail due to a rail break shall be 2 inches.
The minimum rail fastener spacing shall be 27 inches.
The structure shall be designed to include horizontal forces at the fixed bearing due to the
summation of the longitudinal restraint of each rail fastener. The structure shall also be designed
to include a twisting moment in a horizontal plane at the height of the low rail due to opposing
directions of the forces in the broken and unbroken rails.

Apply a longitudinal rail break force on the maximum temperature differential in the rail to each
abutment. Apply this force only in combination with the lateral earth pressure acting on the
abutment.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-33 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.2.19 Differential Settlement (DS)

For the consideration of differential settlement, reference Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

9.2.2.20 Earthquake Force (EQ)

Structures shall be designed to resist forces induced by earthquake motions. Earthquake forces
shall be calculated in accordance with the applicable design codes as indicated in Section 9.2.1.
These forces shall be combined with other loads and forces to which structures may be subjected
to form a loading combination group, as appropriate.

Provision for the applicable dynamic forces due to earthquake on the bridge structures shall be
made in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article 3.10 or AASHTO Article 3.21, as applicable per
Section 9.2.1 of these design criteria.

Provision for the applicable dynamic forces due to earthquake on building structures shall be
made in accordance with the IBC.

A dynamic analysis is required for signature structures and structures with an aerial station. At a
minimum, a linear static analysis shall be completed for structures. A higher order analysis may
be completed at the design team’s discretion.

9.2.2.21 Snow Load (SN)

The snow load on building structures shall be applied in accordance with the IBC. SN on bridges
and culverts shall be 25 psf except for locations where LRVs run in non-dedicated ROW (i.e.,
where LRT and highway vehicles operate in mixed-traffic alignments).

9.2.2.22 Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD)

In addition to the loads specified in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, applicable loadings specified in


AASHTO LRFD Article 3, “Loads and Load Factors,” shall be considered in the design. The load
modifier, a factor accounting for ductility, redundancy, and bridge operational importance, shall
be as follows:

Bridges shall be designed for specified limit states as described in AASHTO LRFD Article 1.3.
Each component and connection of the structure shall satisfy the following equation for limit
states:

ΣηiγiQi < φRn (Equation 9-7)

Where: ηi = Load modifier factor which is a function of ductility factor ηD, redundancy
factor ηR, and importance factor ηI.

γi = Load factor from AASHTO LRFD Table 3.4.1-1 of the Governing


Specifications.

Qi = Force effect determined from structural analysis.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-34 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Rn = Nominal resistance determined per AASHTO LRFD.

φ = Resistance factor determined per AASHTO LRFD.

Ductility factor ηD, redundancy factor ηR, and importance factor ηI shall be determined as follows:

 Ductility factor ηD = 1.0 for structures. Non-ductile components and connections shall not
be used.
 Redundancy factor ηR = 1.0, except for when components and connections are found to
be fracture critical and/or non-redundant, use ηR = 1.05. Where feasible, the design team
is encouraged to design alternate load paths for members. Redundancy is defined as a
structural system with two or more load paths; a non-redundant structure is likely to fail
when one member fails.
 Importance factor ηI as follows:
o ηI = 0.95 for bridges that meet ALL of the following criteria:
 Length less than 50 feet.
 Design ADT less than 500.
 Detour less than 10 miles or capability of erecting a temporary crossing in
less than two days.
 Not carrying LRVs.
o ηI = 1.05 for bridges that meet ANY of the following criteria:
 Total bridge construction cost exceeds $20 million.
 Design ADT greater than 50,000.
 Detour length greater than 50 miles.
 Carrying LRVs.
o ηI = 1.00 for all other bridges.
The loading combinations specified in AASHTO LRFD Table 3.4.1-1 shall be modified as follows
in Table 9.3Table 9.3Table 9.3.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-35 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Table 9.3 – Modified Load and Resistance Factor Limit States


CF
Load Combination
CR I
DC HF
DD RF
DW LF
EH LL
EV IM
ES CE    
SH BR B Use one of these at a time.
SL PL SF W    
Limit State SN LS WA WS WL TU TG SE EQ ICE DR CT CV RB
STRENGTH I
Yp 1.75 1.00 - - 0.50/1.20 YTG YSE - - - - - 1.20
(unless noted)
STRENGTH II Yp 1.35 1.00 - - 0.50/1.20 YTG YSE - - - - - 1.20
STRENGTH III Yp - 1.00 1.40 - 0.50/1.20 YTG YSE - - - - - 1.20
STRENGTH IV EH, EV, ES, Yp
- 1.00 - - 0.50/1.20 - - - - - - - 1.20
DW, DC ONLY 1.50
STRENGTH V Yp 1.35 1.00 0.40 1.00 0.50/1.20 YTG YSE - - - - - 1.20
EXTREME EVENT I Yp γEQ 1.00 - - - - - 1.00 - - - - 1.00
EXTREME EVENT II Yp 0.50 1.00 - - - - - - 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
SERVICE I 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 1.00 1.00/1.20 YTG YSE - - - - - 1.20
SERVICE II 1.00 1.30 1.00 - - 1.00/1.20 - - - - - - - 1.20
SERVICE III 1.00 0.80 1.00 - - 1.00/1.20 YTG YSE - - - - - 1.20
SERVICE IV 1.00 - 1.00 0.70 - 1.00/1.20 - 1.00 - - - - - 1.20
FATIGUE I - II, IM, & CE
- 1.50 - - - - - - - - - - - -
ONLY
FATIGUE II - II, IM, & CE
- 1.00 - - - - - - - - - - - -
ONLY

Maryland Transit Administration 9-36 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Where:

 DR = Derailment load.
 RF = Rolling force.
 LF = Longitudinal force.
 HF = Hunting force.
 RB = Rail break.
 SL = System loads.
 EV = Vertical earth pressure.
 EH = Horizontal earth pressure.
 CF = Centrifugal force due to LRT.
 I = Impact.
Other loads are as defined in AASHTO LRFD Article 3.3.2.

Unless directed otherwise, the design team shall assume γEQ = 1.00.

The Strength II load case shall be evaluated for locomotive and work train design loadings as
defined in Sections 9.2.2.2.39.2.2.2.39.2.2.2.3 and 9.2.2.2.49.2.2.2.49.2.2.2.4. In addition, the
following combination shall be investigated at the service limit state for segmental bridges:

 DC + DW + EH + EV + ES + WA + CR + SH + TG + EL + SL
Construction loads and construction loading combinations for the service limit state and the
strength limit state shall follow AASHTO LRFD Article 3.4.2.

For underground stations, in addition to the load combinations cited above, the following load
cases shall be analyzed for the design of underground structures. Maximum and minimum values
of load factors shall be according to AASHTO Table 3.4.1-2:

 Case 1 – Full vertical load and full horizontal earth pressure and water pressure, using
maximum load factors on loads.
 Case 2 – Full vertical load and minimum horizontal load, as determined by the
geotechnical engineering team. Maximum load factors are applied to vertical loads, and
minimum load factors are applied to horizontal earth and water pressures.
 Case 3 – Minimum vertical loads, with maximum horizontal loads on one side and
minimum horizontal load on the other, as determined by the geotechnical engineering
team. The hydrostatic load may be assumed to be balanced on both sides of the section.
Maximum load factors are applied to the maximum loads and minimum load factors are
applied to the minimum loads.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-37 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Case 4 – Maximum vertical loads, with maximum horizontal loads on one side and
minimum horizontal load on the other, as determined by the geotechnical engineering
team. The hydrostatic load may be assumed to be balanced on both sides of the section.
Maximum load factors are applied to the maximum loads, and minimum load factors are
applied to the minimum loads.
 Cases 5 & 6 – These cases apply the maximum and minimum horizontal loads to the
opposite sides as Cases 3 & 4, where sections are not symmetric.
In the corresponding service state load cases, load factors of 1.0 apply.

9.2.2.23 Strength Design (Load Factor) Requirements (for Existing Structures)

The minimum strength required for structural members and their connections to existing
structures supporting the LRT loads shall be computed from the most critical group in following
list:

 Group I = 1.3(βD*DL + 1.67(LL + I + RF + HF) + CF + βE*E + B + SF + SL).


 Group IB = 1.3(βD*DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + βE*E + B + SF + SL).
 Group II = 1.3(βD*DL + βE*E + B + SF + W + S + T + SL).
 Group III = 1.3(βD*DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + βE*E + B + SF + 0.3W + WL + LF + SL).
 Group IV = 1.25(βD*DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + βE*E + B + SF + 0.3W + WL + LF + T
+ SL + S + RB).
 Group V = 1.3(βD*DL + CF + βE*E + B + SF + LF + W + S + T + 0.85DR + SL).
 Group VI = 1.3(βD*DL + LL + I + CF+ βE*E + B + SF+ 0.3W + WL + LF +S + T + 0.85RB
+ SL).
 Group VII = 1.3(βD*DL + βE*E + B + SF + EQ + SL).
 Group VIII = 1.3(βD*DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + βE*E + B + SF + ICE + SL).
 Group IX = 1.2(βD*DL + βE*E + B + SF + W + ICE + SL).
Where:

 βD = Dead load coefficient in accordance with AASHTO Article 3.22.1.


 βE = Earth pressure coefficient in accordance with AASHTO Article 3.22.1.
 DL = Dead load.
 LL = Live load.
 DR = Derailment load.
 I = Impact.
 CF = Centrifugal force.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-38 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 RF = Rolling force.
 HF= Hunting force.
 LF = Longitudinal forces.
 E = Earth pressure.
 B = Hydrostatic pressure and buoyancy.
 W = Wind load on structure.
 WL = Wind load on live load.
 SF = Stream flow pressure.
 S = Shrinkage and creep forces.
 T = Thermal force (radial and longitudinal).
 ICE = Ice pressure.
 SL = System loads.
 RB = Rail break.
 EQ = Earthquake force.
 And where live load shall be the locomotive and work trains, as defined in Sections
9.2.2.2.39.2.2.2.39.2.2.2.3 and 9.2.2.2.49.2.2.2.49.2.2.2.4 for Group IB.

9.2.2.24 Service Load (Allowable Stress) Design Requirements (for Existing Structures
and Thru-Girder Bridges)

For design of substructure components of existing structures and thru-girder bridges supporting
LRT loading and requiring service load (allowable stress) analysis, loads to the substructure
components shall be computed from the most critical group in Table 9.4Table 9.4Table 9.4.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-39 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Table 9.4 – Loads to Substructure Components


Allowable
Group Loading Basic Unit
Stress
Group I = DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + E + B + SF + SL 100%
Group IB = DL + LL** + I + RF + HF + CF + E + B + SF + SL ***
Group II = DL + E + B + SF + W + S + T + SL 140%
Group III = DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + E + B + SF + 0.3W + WL +
125%
LF + SL
Group IV = DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + E + B + SF + 0.3W + WL +
133%
LF + S + T + SL + RB
Group V = DL + CF + E + B + SF + LF + W + S + T + 0.85DR + SL. 125%
Group VI = DL + LL + I + CF+ E + B + SF + 0.3W + WL + LF + S + T+
140%
RB + SL
Group VII = DL + E + B + SF + EQ + SL 133%
Group VIII = DL + LL + I + RF + HF + CF + E + B + SF + ICE + SL 140%
Group IX = DL + E + B +SF + W + ICE + SL 150%
** For Group IB, LL shall be the locomotive and work trains as defined in Sections
9.2.2.2.39.2.2.2.39.2.2.2.3 and 9.2.2.2.49.2.2.2.49.2.2.2.4.
Maximum Unit Stress (Operating Rating)
*** Percentage = X 100
Allowable Basic Unit Stress

9.2.3 Additional Design Considerations

9.2.3.1 Structure Deformations and Settlements

Structure deformations, including foundation settlement, shall be considered not only for their
effect on structural behavior, but also for their effect on trackwork. The control of deformations
through proper structural and geotechnical design is of paramount importance in obtaining
acceptable riding quality for LRVs. Refer to Chapter 6, Geotechnical, for additional information.

9.2.3.2 Vibration

To limit potential dynamic interaction between the superstructure and LRVs, bridges shall be
designed so that the natural frequency of the first mode of vibration of each simple span is not
less than 2.5 hertz. Further, in a series of three consecutive simple spans, no more than one
span shall have a first mode frequency less than 3.0 hertz. Continuous span bridges shall not
have a first mode frequency less than 3.0 hertz.

Designers may find that compliance with these criteria necessitates the inefficient use of certain
materials, particularly where girders are made of structural steel and span lengths are relatively

Maryland Transit Administration 9-40 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

long. For such structures, a special dynamic analysis shall be conducted. That special dynamic
analysis shall also be used to determine whether impact in excess of the 33% limit is warranted.
Where such a finding is made, the proposed design shall be discussed with MTA to determine,
for that particular instance, whether a lower natural frequency may be acceptable.

For pedestrian bridge vibration requirements, see Section 9.2.3.89.2.3.89.2.3.8.

9.2.3.3 Deflection

Live load deflection limits shall be in accordance with IBC, AASHTO LRFD, and AASHTO, as
applicable, except for multi-girder structures subjected to LRT loading. Live load deflections of
multi-girder structures subject to LRT loading shall be as follows:

 Girders of simple spans shall be designed so that deflections due to service live load plus
impact shall not exceed 1/1,000 of the span length.
 Girders of continuous spans shall be designed so that deflections due to service live load
plus impact shall not exceed 1/1,000 of the length between points of contraflexure.
 Deflection of cantilever arms due to service live load plus impact shall be limited to 1/375
of the cantilever arm length.
 Yard and shop facilities shall meet the following requirements:
o Structural floor slabs (as opposed to slabs on-grade) at vehicle repair areas, LRV
component repair areas, parts or component storage areas, and areas adjacent to
storage areas, including areas subject to forklift loads, shall be in compliance with
a deflection criteria of span over 600 (L/600).
o Office, locker, toilet, training, and conference rooms, and other support-type areas,
shall be in compliance with a deflection criteria of span over 600 (L/600).
The span-to-depth ratio limit per AASHTO LRFD must be met for bridge structures designed per
AASHTO LRFD. The span-to-depth ratio may be less than the AASHTO LRFD minimum with
MTA approval and proper design support.

For pedestrian bridge deflection requirements, reference Section 9.2.3.89.2.3.89.2.3.8.

9.2.3.4 Structure Skew Angle

Unless the local governing jurisdiction has a more stringent limit for the maximum skew angle, the
following limits shall be adhered to for design of structures supporting any combination of LRT,
highway, and pedestrian loading:

 For integral abutments, the maximum skew angle varies linearly from 30° for 100-foot
spans to 20° for 300-foot spans. For integral abutment spans less than 100 feet, the
skew angle shall not exceed 30°. For integral abutment spans greater than 300 feet, the
skew angle shall not exceed 20°.
 The maximum skew angle for concrete slab and box beam bridges is 15°.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-41 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 For other structures not listed above, the maximum skew angle shall be 30°.
The use of a skew angle greater than the above limits requires the approval of the jurisdiction with
ownership of the structure.

Trackwork and structural design teams shall coordinate fastener spacing on skewed bridges
(greater than 10°) to ensure that the fasteners are sufficiently supported on each side of the deck
joints.

Figure 9.7 – Skew Angle

Skew angle

Centerline
Perpendicular of Bridge
to Centerline Centerline
of Bridge of Bearing

9.2.3.5 Fatigue

Consideration shall be given to the effect of change of stress levels caused by passage of LRVs
over structures. The design life of the structure shall be 75 years. Over the life of the structure,
the fatigue capacity shall be estimated using procedures outlined in AASHTO LRFD and AREMA
Chapter 8, Part 27. The ADTTSL shall be 500 for LRVs. ADTTSL for highway vehicles shall be
determined by the governing jurisdiction.

In additional to all primary structural members, all diaphragm and cross frame connections to
primary structural members for LRT bridges shall be designed for fatigue.

9.2.3.6 Uplift

Provision shall be made for adequate attachment of the superstructure to the substructure should
any combination of loading listed in Sections 9.2.29.2.29.2.2 and 9.2.39.2.39.2.3 produce uplift at
any support. Where dead load, earth pressure, or any other loadings tend to reduce the uplift
effect, the corresponding load factors shall be taken as 0.9 for DL, 0.75 for E, and 1.0 for other
loadings.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-42 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.3.7 Jacking

End diaphragms and/or girders shall be designed for a jacking force equal to 110% of the end
reaction due to dead load. Provisions for jacking for bearing maintenance and/or replacement
shall be included in the design and plan preparation.

9.2.3.8 Pedestrian Bridge Requirements

The fundamental frequency of the pedestrian bridge without live load shall be greater than 3.0
hertz (Hz). If the fundamental frequency cannot satisfy this limitation, or if the second harmonic
is a concern, a dynamic performance evaluation shall be made.

In lieu of such an evaluation, the pedestrian bridge shall be proportioned so that the fundamental
frequency (f, Hz) is greater than:

 f ≥ 2.86 * ln (180 / W) (Equation 9-8)


where ln is the natural log and W is the weight (kips) of the supported structure, including dead
load and an allowance for actual pedestrian live load.

Deflection of pedestrian bridges shall be in accordance with AASHTO Guide Specifications for
Design of Pedestrian Bridges or AASHTO’s LRFD Guide Specification for Design of Pedestrian
Bridges, as applicable.

Pedestrian bridges shall have railings and parapets in conformance with Sections
9.2.2.2.119.2.2.2.119.2.2.2.11, 9.2.3.109.2.3.109.2.3.10, and 9.2.5.29.2.5.29.2.5.2.

Design and construction of the pedestrian bridge superstructure shall be in accordance with
current requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG).

Provisions for a small maintenance vehicle shall be in accordance with Section 9.2.2.2.8.

9.2.3.9 Design Life

The minimum design life of permanent bridges, aerial structures, and other structures designed
in accordance with AASHTO shall be 75 years. Maintenance issues shall be controlled through
design in order to achieve this design life.

Reference Section 9.2.129.2.129.2.12, Building Structures, and Chapter 13, Yards & Shops, for
additional design life requirements.

9.2.3.10 Railing and Handrail Details

Railings and handrails for any facility supporting the LRT system shall be in conformance with the
U.S. Department of Transportation’s (DOT) Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for
Transportation Facilities and the U.S. Access Board’s ADA and Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)
Accessibility Guidelines. In addition to these requirements, bridge and grade-separated structure

Maryland Transit Administration 9-43 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

barriers shall meet AASHTO LRFD geometry and applicable loading as described in Section
9.2.2.2.2.

Railings, providing structural restraint against impact, shall be a minimum of 3 feet 6 inches in
height above the surface to which they are attached. In order to provide uniform handrail
geometry throughout the Purple and Red Line projects, handrails shall conform to the dimensions
provided in Chapter 22, Fire and Life Safety, and Chapter 23, System Safety.

Railings shall include guardrails/handrails constructed for guidance, support, and/or along the
open sides of a walkway or elevated surface to minimize possible falls by people, bicyclists,
equipment, or material.

9.2.3.11 Stairs and Ramps

Stairs and ramps shall be in conformance with the Federal DOT’s ADA Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities. In addition, stairs and ramps shall have handrails in conformance
with and as required by the ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities.

9.2.3.12 Elevators and Escalators

Structural design for elevator and escalator systems and the structure to support these shall
conform to the following codes and standards:

 Elevators and escalators included in any facility supporting the LRT system shall be in
conformance with the U.S. DOT’s Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for
Transportation Facilities.
 Structural members, elements, and components subject to dynamic loads from elevators
shall be designed for impact loads and deflection limits prescribed by ASME A17.1.
 Elevators, escalators, and hoistway systems shall satisfy seismic design requirements for
nonstructural components defined by ASCE-7.
Structural design in contract documents shall provide adequate support for rail bracket support
points, machine-mount support points, deflector sheave mount points, and buffer reaction points
(cab and/or counterweights). Geometry and design loads for these support points shall be
generally defined using the equipment selected as the Basis of Design, but shall not preclude the
use of similar equipment from other manufacturers. Contract documents must address how
adjustments to geometry and design loads defined by the contract documents will be made once
the actual equipment to be used is selected.

The elevator and escalator manufacturer shall design the elements of the elevator and escalator
support systems such as escalator trusses, car and counterweight frames, guide rails, supporting
brackets, and framing, as well as supports and attachments for driving machinery, operating
devices, and control equipment, with consideration of forces and deflection limits defined by the
codes and standards.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-44 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.3.13 Fixed Ladders

At stations, buildings, and shop facilities, ladders shall be provided as required by OSHA
Standards, IBC and ASCE-7.

9.2.3.14 Safety Fence and Barrier

Safety fence and barrier shall be placed on structures based on the following criteria:

 Heights of safety fences shall not be less than 9 feet high, measured from the top of the
adjacent walkway or roadway.
 Fences shall be a non-climbable type (Type “D”) with horizontal members near the top
and bottom only, except at ceiling-high fences.
 LRT bridges over pedestrian trails and/or vehicular roadways shall have a Type “A” or “B”
fence solution equal to the overall width of the bridge parapet length to provide code-
compliant fall protection for bridge maintenance staff and passenger emergency egress.
 LRT bridges over non-electrified passenger and/or freight tracks shall have a Type “A” or
“B” fence/barrier solution equal to the overall width of the bridge parapet length, as
coordinated with the passenger and freight train track owner(s).
 Bridges over electrified passenger and/or freight tracks shall have a 6-foot high Type "D"
fence/barrier equal to the overall width of the bridge parapet length to provide code-
compliant fall protection for bridge maintenance staff and passenger emergency
egress. The barrier shall extend 20 feet minimum on either side of each electrified track
and vertical safety fencing shall be placed on the remainder of the bridge. If the
remainder of the bridge requires less than 100 feet of additional fencing, the entire bridge
shall have a barrier.
 A building or non-bridge structure located above the LRT alignment shall have a 6-foot
high Type “D” fence/barrier on the building or structure equal to the width of the OCS plus
20 feet on either side of the OCS centerline to isolate the OCS from human contact. The
fence/barrier shall be electrically grounded with the building’s or non-bridge structure’s
electrical grounding system.
 Highway bridges over LRT electrified track shall have a 6-foot high solid Type “D”
fence/barrier equal to the overall width of the bridge parapet length on spans over LRT
tracks and vertical safety fencing on each adjacent approach span along with anti-climb
shields per MDSHA Standard BR-SS(3.05)-75-25. If the remainder of the bridge requires
less than 100 feet of additional fencing, then the entire bridge shall have barrier.
 LRT bridges over streams where access on the bridge is restricted do not require fencing
but shall be equipped with railings 42 inches above walking surface.
See Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities, for additional information on fencing types.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-45 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.3.15 Fencing

Fencing shall be provided as follows:

 Existing bridges where problems of overhead bombing have occurred (i.e., objects thrown
from bridge on vehicles below), and new bridges where the potential of overhead
bombing exists shall be fenced.
 For additional fencing requirements, refer to Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities.

9.2.3.16 Electrification Fencing

For electrification fencing requirements, refer to Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities.

9.2.3.17 Air Pressure

Loads due to air pressure developed by moving LRVs shall be investigated for the design of
ventilation shafts and the gratings covering the ventilation shafts. Air pressures due to ventilation
and train movement shall be established by the Mechanical Engineer in technical memoranda.

To prevent loading of the acoustic material panels due to pressure transients caused by moving
trains, air space shall be provided around the panel edges in enclosed stations in order to allow
free circulation of air. Ceiling or wall panels with perforated metal or slit-and-slat facings shall
have a dimensional screen placed between the face of the acoustic blanket and the metal facing
in order to establish an approximately ½-inch thick air space between the blanket or glass-cloth
bag and the perforated facing.

To prevent loading of the acoustical panels by the train piston air pressure transients, openings
shall be provided to permit airflow between the acoustic panels and the concrete surface behind
them if a continuous panel acoustical system or a suspended acoustical tile ceiling is used.
Acoustical systems shall have positive mechanical anchorage designed to resist the shock of
transient air pressure produced by the train moving through a station at its maximum speed.

9.2.3.18 Constructability

New LRT bridges shall be reviewed with respect to constructability requirements of AASHTO
LRFD. Refer to Section 9.2.5.19.2.5.19.2.5.1 for additional guidance.

9.2.3.19 Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures

Refer to Section 9.2.69.2.69.2.6 for additional design requirements specific to cut-and-cover


underground structures.

9.2.3.20 Buried Electrical and Communication Infrastructure

Ductbanks, manholes, pull boxes, junction boxes, and cable vaults shall be coordinated with
Chapter 12, Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-46 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Ductbanks shall be encased in concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000
psi. Ductbanks shall have a 3-inch minimum encasement around outside conduits on all sides.
Ductbank encasement shall be reinforced if required to support applied loading.

Manholes, pull boxes, junction boxes, and cable vaults shall be designed in accordance with
Section 9.2.19.2.19.2.1 for applicable loads, as described in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2. When
feasible, precast structures shall be considered. See Section 9.2.5.29.2.5.29.2.5.2 for design
requirements and Section 9.39.39.3 for material requirements. Precast structures shall be in
accordance with ASTM C858.

9.2.4 Section Nnot UusedDesign Development

For review stages, requirements, and deliverables, refer to MTA’s Design Development
ManualSection not used.

9.2.5 Bridge and Transportation Structures

Refer to Section 9.2.39.2.39.2.3 for additional requirements, particularly related to deflection,


vibration, and span-to-depth ratios for bridges.

9.2.5.1 Structural Steel Design

9.2.5.1.1 Design Codes

Structural steel and composite concrete-steel flexural members for LRT bridges shall conform to
the requirements of this section and the design codes and loading as specified in Sections
9.2.19.2.19.2.1 and 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, respectively, unless specified otherwise herein.

Refer to Section 9.1.29.1.29.1.2 for the applicable codes for the design of structural steel and
composite concrete-steel flexural members subjected to loads other than LRT loads.

9.2.5.1.2 Material and Painting Requirements

Consideration shall be limited to the types of structural steel listed in Section 9.39.39.3. Other
types may be used only with MTA approval.

The steel superstructure elements of non-weathering steel bridges shall be painted in their
entirety, including but not limited to steel beams, girders, bearing assemblies, trusses, floor
beams, stringers, bracing, and support brackets. This does not include substructure elements,
railings, sign structures, utilities, or light poles unless otherwise directed by MTA.

ASTM A588 weathering steel for bridges shall be selectively painted. Areas to be painted include
entire fascia girder and structural steel within the first 10 feet on each side of supports. At bolted
field splices, 12 inches beyond the longest splice plate on each side of each splice shall be
painted. More extensive painting requirements may be dictated by the owner of the bridge. On
dual structures, the entire median fascia girder of each bridge shall be painted.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-47 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Bridge deck joints shall be painted on the outside, top, and inside surfaces of the parapets. Areas
of bridge deck joints that will be exposed in the finished structure shall be painted as well, both
above and below the seal.

9.2.5.1.3 Minimum Sizes for Members and Welds

Primary fabricated structural steel members, such as stringer flanges and webs, cross frames for
curved girders and LRT bridges, floor beams, truss members, splice plates, stiffeners, connection
plates, etc., in the bridge superstructure shall have a minimum thickness of ½ inch.

Secondary fabricated structural steel members, such as wind bracing and diaphragms, in the
bridge superstructure shall have a minimum thickness of ⅜ inch.

The minimum thickness criteria apply to rolled sections as well as built-up members. Particular
attention must be given to selecting small rolled sections in order to avoid sections having webs,
flanges, or legs of less than the minimum thickness.

The only exception to the minimum thickness requirement shall be for filler plates at splices.

Other minimum size criteria are as follows:

 Girder flange width: 12 inches.


 Girder flange thickness: 1 inch.
 Flange plates shall have a width-to-thickness ratio of bf / tf ≤ 12.
 Weld size: 5/16 inch (except for seal welds).
 Stiffener width: to nearest ½ inch and approximately ½ inch less than the distance from
the face of web to the edge of the flange, but not over 10 times the stiffener thickness for
Grade 50 steel or 12 times the stiffener thickness for Grade 36 steel.

9.2.5.1.4 Connections

Shop connections, as detailed by the design team, shall be welded unless otherwise approved
by MTA. Welding shall be in accordance with the applicable code or specifications of the
American Welding Society.

Field connections shall be designed for high-strength bolts unless otherwise approved by MTA.
High-strength bolts shall be ASTM A325 or A490 bolts of the appropriate type. See Section
9.3.39.3.39.3.3 for additional information.

9.2.5.1.5 Fracture Critical Members (FCMs)

The design team shall obtain written approval from MTA for the use of FCMs for each bridge on
a case-by-case basis.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-48 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Welds for bridges carrying LRVs which contain FCMs shall be designed and tested in accordance
with AWS D1.5 as modified by AREMA Chapter 15, Section 1.14. The design team shall call out
all FCMs on the plans.

9.2.5.1.6 Thru-Girder Bridges

The following layout requirements shall apply for thru-girder bridges:

 For bridges on curves, the girders, abutments, and piers shall be located with reference
to chords.
 Provide horizontal clearance on the bridge for the dynamic envelope as described in
Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials, and Chapter 13, Yards & Shops. Refer to
Section 9.2.119.2.119.2.11 for further horizontal clearance requirements.
 An emergency ballast safety walk shall be provided along the interior face, LRT guideway
side, of each girder measured 2 feet off of the edge of the knee braces at the level of the
ballast walking surface. One emergency ballast safety walk is required per track.
 Thru-girder bridges that require a pedestrian walkway in addition to the emergency safety
walk shall support the walkway with steel brackets that are connected to the outside of
the girder. Walkways shall have a minimum clear width of 5 feet.
 On ballast deck bridges, refer to Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials, for tie spacing
and ballast depth requirements.
The following design loads shall be used for thru-girder bridges:

 Thru-girder bridges shall be designed for applicable live loads specified in Sections
9.2.29.2.29.2.2 and 9.2.39.2.39.2.3. Loads for thru-girder bridges should be combined
per the specifications in Section 9.2.2.249.2.2.249.2.2.24.
 The distribution of live load shall be in conformance with AREMA Chapter 15, Section
1.3.4.
 In computing the dead load of the structure, include the weight of an additional 6 inches
of ballast to allow for future track surfacing.
 Impact shall be computed in conformance with AREMA Chapter 15, Section 1.3.5, but
shall not be less than 30% of the total LRV loading. Application of impact shall be in
conformance with Section 9.2.2.49.2.2.49.2.2.4.
 Rolling force (RF) shall be computed in conformance with AREMA Chapter 15, Section
1.3.5(d).
The superstructure of thru-girder bridges shall meet the following requirements:

 The thickness of the steel deck plate shall be in accordance with Table 9.5Table 9.5Table
9.5.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-49 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Table 9.5 – Steel Deck Plate Thicknesses


Max Clear Distance
Plate Thickness
between Floor Beams
½ inch 1 foot, 6 inches
5
/8 inch 2 feet, 0 inches
¾ inch 2 feet, 4 inches

 The steel deck plates shall be shop welded with a pair of 5/16-inch continuous fillet welds
to each floor beam or deck beam. Deck units shall be shop assembled with two or three
beams per unit. Deck plates are not permitted to overhang the beam when these units
are fabricated.
 The closing deck plate between adjacent deck units shall be fillet welded to the beams
with continuous 5/16-inch fillet weld at each beam. After the deck plates are welded to
the beam, fill the space between the deck plates along the joint with Portland cement
concrete.
 For welded plate girders, no more than two flange section transitions shall be permitted.
 Intermediate stiffeners shall consist of two angles, one on each side of the web, and shall
be bolted to the web. End-bearing stiffeners may be plates or angles, welded or bolted.
 The bottom lateral bracing system, if required by AREMA, shall be bolted to the girders.
 Continuous spans shall not be permitted.
 Floor beam brackets (or knee braces) shall be weldments that are bolted to the top flange
of floor beams and to vertical stiffeners on the girder. The slope of the bracket shall be 4
inches in 12 inches (4H/12V), where possible.
 Intermediate floor beams shall frame into the girder web using double connection angles
and high strength steel bolts. At brackets or at other locations where there is an
intermediate stiffener, the stiffener on the inside of the girder shall be terminated a
minimum of 1 inch above the top of the floor beam.
 End floor beams shall frame into the end stiffeners, where possible, given the skew angle
and the spacing of girders. An additional connection angle shall be provided where
welded stiffener plates are used. If end floor beams are unable to be framed into the
girders, consideration shall be given to supporting the end floor beam, and required
number of intermediate floor beams, on the substructure beam seat. The bearing devices
for the floor beams supported by the substructure beam seats shall be capable of
permitting rotation and translation in the longitudinal and transverse directions, where
required.
 The end floor beams and connections or girder extensions past the bearings shall be
designed such that the bridge can be jacked up by placing jacks under the end floor
beams or girder extensions, whichever is most practical. Jacking stiffeners shall be
provided at jacking points.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-50 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Thru-girder spans are limited to single and double-track bridges only.


 Refer to AREMA Chapter 15, Section 1.3.13 for fatigue design of superstructure
elements.
 Provide a three-coat paint system on steel members that consists of primer and
intermediate shop-applied coats, and a final field-applied coat. If ASTM A588 weathering
steel is used, refer to Section 9.2.5.1.2 for painting requirements.
The following deflection requirements shall apply:

 Floor beams of thru-girder bridges shall meet the deflection criteria limit for live load plus
impact of L/640 as specified in AREMA Chapter 15, Section 1.2.5.
 Lateral deflection shall be limited as described in AREMA Chapter 15, Section 1.2.5.
 Girders shall meet the requirements of Section 9.2.3.3.

9.2.5.1.7 Box Girder and Tub Girder Bridges

The minimum sizes of members for new structures shall conform to the requirements of Article
6.11.2 of AASHTO LRFD. The provisions of Article 6.11 of AASHTO LRFD shall be met for the
design of box girder and tub girder bridges.

Diaphragms, cross frames, access holes, and lateral bracing shall be provided in box girders as
prescribed in Article 6.7 of AASHTO LRFD. The design of these elements must consider the
construction sequence and applicable constructability checks.

Steel-concrete composite box girders shall be designed and analyzed by rigorous analytical
methods with due regard to torsion and other stresses imposed when the rails do not lie in the
plane of the webs. Thorough analysis shall be made of the lateral distribution of LRT loads.

Box members do not need to be constructed to be airtight, but shall be designed to be closed to
the elements to inhibit water and moisture to the interior. Crevices shall be sealed with a sealant
or by welding, if approved by MTA.

Drain holes shall be provided to prevent accumulation of water inside of the sections.

The interior of the boxes shall be painted white to facilitate inspection.

The inside of the boxes shall be lit in accordance with the requirements of Section
9.2.159.2.159.2.15.

The box or tub girder system must be checked against the constructability requirements of Section
9.2.5.1.13.

9.2.5.1.8 Truss Bridges

Trusses shall be designed in accordance with Article 14.2 of AASHTO LRFD.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-51 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

The minimum member sizes shall meet the requirements for member types as prescribed in
AASHTO LRFD.

In addition to the requirements of the AASHTO LRFD, unless approved by MTA and effectively
connected to both flanges, the lateral bracing of compression chords shall be as deep as the
chords. In addition to the shear from lateral forces, the lateral bracing of the compression chords
of trusses and the flanges of deck girders shall be proportioned for a transverse shear in any
panel equal to 2.5% of the axial stress in both members in that panel. Girders shall be cambered
to compensate for dead load deflections and for any vertical curvature required by profile grade.

Design details shall minimize the potential for crevice corrosions. Critical members and
connections shall be sized for consideration of sacrificial material thickness due to corrosion in
accordance with the design life of the structure.

9.2.5.1.9 Multi-Girder Bridges

Rolled beams and built-up plate girder bridge typical sections that carry more than one track shall
have a minimum of two beams/girders, one for each rail. Therefore, on a double-track system,
four beams/girders shall be used. For single track systems a minimum of three girders shall be
used.

For shared use or highway bridges the number of girders and girder spacing shall be coordinated
with the Owner.

Multi-girder bridges shall be designed for applicable live loads specified in Section
9.2.2.29.2.2.29.2.2.2. Loads for multi-girder bridges should be combined per the specifications
in Section 9.2.19.2.19.2.1.

The exterior girders shall not be designed for less capacity than the interior girders.

The bridge system must be checked for constructability requirements in accordance with Section
9.2.5.1.13.

The following deflection requirements shall apply to multi-girder bridges:

 Dead Load Camber – Girders of all spans shall be cambered for dead load deflection to
the dimensions shown on the plans. The camber tolerance is 0 inches (i.e., nothing)
under to ¾ inch over.
 Live Load Deflections – See Section 9.2.3.39.2.3.39.2.3.3.

9.2.5.1.10 Rigid-Frame Structures

Rigid frame-type structures shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO LRFD.

For the purpose of determining the theoretical span length of a beam or girder, monolithic with its
support, the support point shall be either the centerline of the supporting element or a point one
half of the depth of the beam (measured at the face of support) inward from the face of said
support, whichever gives the lesser span. When the width of the monolithic supporting member
Maryland Transit Administration 9-52 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

is more than twice the depth of the beam or girder, the portion of the beam over the support shall
be considered as infinitely rigid, and the frame shall be designed accordingly.

9.2.5.1.11 Diaphragms and Cross Frames

The diaphragms and cross frames of LRT bridges shall be designed as primary members to resist
the transverse forces due to the lateral distribution of the LRT loads as described in Section
9.2.29.2.29.2.2. Diaphragm and cross frame connections to girders shall be designed for fatigue
loading as described in Section 9.2.3.59.2.3.59.2.3.5.

Refer to AASHTO LRFD or AASHTO, as applicable per Section 9.2.19.2.19.2.1, for additional
requirements for spacing, size, and connections of diaphragms and cross frames.

Refer to Section 9.2.3.79.2.3.79.2.3.7 for additional requirements for end diaphragms and cross
frames regarding jacking.

9.2.5.1.12 Station Platform Structures

Aerial platforms shall be designed as bridge-type structures. The design shall be in conformance
with the applicable codes and load conditions as described in Section 9.2.19.2.19.2.1 and Section
9.2.2.

Reactions due to loads applied to canopies shall be considered. These reactions shall be
provided by the design team of the canopy system.

9.2.5.1.13 Constructability Checks

As applicable, requirements of AASHTO LRFD Article 6.10.3 must be met for all stages of
construction. The loads for construction shall be factored in accordance with AASHTO LRFD
Article 3.4.2. For deflection, load factors shall be taken equal to 1.0.

Sections in positive flexure that are composite in the final condition but non-composite during
construction are to be investigated during the various stages of the deck placement. The effect of
overhang concrete and brackets, screed, walkways, formwork, and wind loads on the pouring
sequence must be checked. If warranted, additional loads may need to be considered based on
the specific bridge and/or site requirements.

Cantilever overhang brackets shall be assumed for the support of the deck overhang. The
brackets shall be assumed to be braced against the intersection of the girder bottom flange and
the web. The screed machine shall be assumed to be supported 6 inches outside the vertical
coping form. The design team may neglect the wind load on the screed machine.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-53 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5.2 Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Design

9.2.5.2.1 Design Codes

Reinforced and prestressed concrete members for LRT bridges shall conform to the requirements
of this section and the design codes and loading as specified in Sections 9.2.19.2.19.2.1 and
9.2.29.2.29.2.2, respectively, unless specified otherwise herein.

Refer to Section 9.2.19.2.19.2.1 for the applicable codes for the design of reinforced and
prestressed concrete members subjected to loads other than LRT loads.

9.2.5.2.2 Reinforcing Steel

Moderate exposure conditions, which imply that cracks can be tolerated due to reduced concerns
of appearance and/or corrosion, shall be used to determine reinforcement distribution
requirements.

Reinforcement yield stress shall be fy = 60,000 psi unless otherwise indicated. Reinforcing steel
shall be in accordance with Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement (ASTM A615).

Refer to Section 9.3.69.3.69.3.6 for material requirements of reinforcing steel.

Reinforcing bar details shall be as per ACI 318 and ACI 315.

For information regarding rebar bonding and stray current measuring facilities, refer to Chapter
14, Corrosion Control.

9.2.5.2.3 Prestressing and Post-Tensioning Steel

Refer to Sections 9.3.79.3.79.3.7 and 9.3.89.3.89.3.8 for the material requirements of


prestressing and post-tensioning steel, respectively. Refer to ACI 318 for further explanation of
parameters.

The minimum center-to-center spacing of prestressing and post-tensioning steel shall be 2 inches.

Parallel wires shall be designed assuming the following parameters:

 Apparent modulus of elasticity: 28,500 ksi.


 Friction coefficient: 0.25 per radian.
 Wobble coefficient: 0.0002 per foot.
 Anchor set: 0.375 inches.
Bar tendons (high-strength threaded bars) shall be designed assuming the following parameters:

 Friction coefficient: 0.30 per radian.


 Wobble coefficient: 0.0002 per foot.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-54 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Anchor set: 0.063 inches.

9.2.5.2.4 Clear Cover

Clear cover requirements shall be as follows:

 Reinforced Concrete – Clear cover shall be 2 inches unless otherwise noted. Clear
cover in the bottom and sides of footings shall be 3 inches. For bridge decks using steel
forms which remain in place, clear cover in the bottom of deck slabs shall be 1 inch to the
top of corrugations. Clear cover in the top of deck slabs and culvert top slabs used as a
riding surface shall be 2½ inches.
 Precast Concrete – Clear cover shall be 1½ inches for precast elements except
segmental concrete construction, defined below. Design teams shall obtain written
approval from MTA for precast structures with cover less than 1½ inches.
 Segmental Concrete Construction – Clear cover for the superstructure shall be as
follows:
o Top riding surface: 2 inches.
o Outside face of webs: 2 inches.
o Other locations: 1½ inches.

9.2.5.2.5 Concrete Design

For prestressed concrete, f’c shall be as specified in Section 9.3.59.3.59.3.5. Unbonded and
ungrouted prestressing steel shall not be used.

Refer to Section 9.3.59.3.59.3.5 for material requirements of cast-in-place reinforced concrete


structures.

The compressive strength of concrete at the time of initial prestressing shall be a minimum of
80% of the 28-day compressive strength.

Requirements for tension stresses are as follows:

 In plain concrete, the extreme fiber tensile stress shall not exceed 0.21fr under service
loads, where fr is the modulus of rupture (fr = 7.5√f’c for normal weight concrete).
 In reinforced concrete, the concrete section resists no tension stresses. The tension
stresses are resisted by the tension steel.
 In prestressed concrete, longitudinal tension stresses shall not be permitted under service
loadings. An exception to this may be made in the precompressed tensile zone, where
tension should be permitted for live load plus impact load combination only, and limited
to severe corrosion conditions (i.e., 3√f’c) after losses have occurred. Reinforcing bars
shall be added to resist the tension stresses resulting from impact loads.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-55 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5.2.6 Post-Tensioning Systems

The following requirements shall apply for post-tensioning systems:

 Post-tensioning shall be in accordance with AASHTO LRFD.


 Post-tensioning systems do not need to be designed for fatigue.
 Composite type anchorages are not permitted. Anchorages with metallic pocket formers
are acceptable with MTA approval.
 Anchorage systems must be tested and accepted prior to approval for use on LRT
projects.
 The contractor shall determine the additional local zone reinforcement required to resist
bursting and splitting stresses at the proposed anchorage system locations.
 After post-tensioning and anchoring have been completed and accepted, the ducts shall
be grouted.

9.2.5.2.7 Shrinkage and Temperature Crack Control

The design of shrinkage and temperature reinforcement, and contraction joints, shall be as
follows:

 Shrinkage and Temperature Reinforcement – Shrinkage and temperature


reinforcement for above-ground concrete structures shall be designed per the
requirement of AASHTO LRFD 5.10.8 or AASHTO 8.20, as applicable.
For concrete walls, slabs, and footings less than 48 inches thick and resting directly
against earth, minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement shall be 0.15% of the
gross concrete area. For members larger than 48 inches thick, the temperature and
shrinkage reinforcement requirements shall be in accordance with the crack control
measures as recommended by AASHTO LRFD 5.10.8 or AASHTO 8.20, as applicable.
For crack control, the maximum bar spacing shall be 18 inches on center.
 Contraction Joints – To control shrinkage stresses in concrete slabs and walls and to
minimize cracking, a unit length of 30 feet or less between contraction joints shall be
preferred. For units longer than 30 feet between contraction joints, the construction
procedures and requirements for temperature and shrinkage reinforcement shall be in
accordance with the crack control measures as recommended by ACI 318.

9.2.5.2.8 Segmental Concrete Construction

Segmental concrete boxes are an economical solution for bridges with span lengths over 100 feet
and where repetition of the box fabrication can be achieved. There are three methods of
construction for segmental post-tensioned concrete, each of which offers advantages in different
situations: span-by-span, balanced cantilever, and cast-in-place.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-56 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

The following design criteria apply to the design of precast or cast-in-place segmental post-
tensioned concrete bridges. The design shall satisfy the requirements of AASHTO LRFD Article
5.14.2, “Segmental Construction.” Wherever applicable, other sections of these structural design
criteria shall apply.

 Methods of Construction – Different construction methods can be used for segmental


post-tensioned concrete structures. The most commonly used methods are:
o Span-by-Span Method – In this method, a temporary erection truss, fabricated
girder, or overhead gantry spans from one pier to the next to support the precast
segments for an entire span while they are placed, assembled, and post-tensioned
together to become a self-supporting structure. The span range for this method is
between 100 and 180 feet.
o Balanced Cantilever Method – In this method, the segments are placed
symmetrically about a pier so that upon application of the permanent cantilever
tendons, the superstructure is balanced. Successive cantilevers are connected
together through mid-span closure pours using longitudinal continuity tendons. The
recommended clear span between piers may range from 150 to 450 feet for precast
construction. For spans ranging from 450 to 700 feet, see cast-in-place method. For
spans greater than 600 feet, the weight of the haunched segments near the piers
diminishes the feasibility of using cast-in-place construction and cable-stay
construction becomes more competitive.
o Cast-in-Place Method – Similar to the balanced cantilever method, segments are
symmetrically constructed about a pier so that upon application of each segment,
the superstructure is balanced. For a span range of 450 to 700 feet, cast-in-place
construction with a form traveler can be used. For greater spans, this method
becomes difficult and uneconomical.
 Specifications – For items not specifically addressed below or in AASHTO LRFD,
consult the references in Section 9.1.29.1.29.1.2.
 Notation – Unless otherwise indicated, the notations used in these criteria correspond to
the notations contained in AASHTO LRFD. Other codes are specified where necessary.
 Shrinkage and Creep – AASHTO LRFD shall be used to determine strains due to
shrinkage and to estimate the creep coefficient. For major and long span bridges, a creep
test is recommended. Moment redistribution in a continuous structure, which occurs after
the construction of the closure pours, shall be carefully considered for the effect of
shrinkage and creep. Resulting stresses shall be calculated assuming a realistic
construction sequence submitted to the design team.
 Prestressing – AASHTO LRFD Articles 5.9 and 5.10 shall be referenced. The structure
shall be designed for both initial and final prestressing forces. The design shall satisfy
the following criteria:
o Prestressed box girder deck slabs shall be transversely post-tensioned, unless the
box wings are relatively short, so that mild reinforcement would be sufficient to resist

Maryland Transit Administration 9-57 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

the applied loads. However, the use of transverse post-tensioning in short wings will
increase deck durability and thus justify any extra expense.
o If draped tendons are used in the deck slab, consideration shall be given to the final
location of the center of gravity of the strands within the duct. Critical eccentricities
over the web and at the centerline of the box shall be reduced by ¼ inch from the
theoretical value to account for construction tolerances.
o The effect of structural indeterminacy, which reveals itself in the form of secondary
moments due to prestressing, shall be carefully examined. Otherwise, substantial
secondary effects may arise causing unexpected internal stresses.
o In the design of horizontally curved bridges, special consideration shall be given to
the effect of the lateral force component of the curved tendons. This force may
cause additional transverse bending stresses in the box cross-section. Also, the
spacing between the prestressing ducts shall be sufficient to allow enough concrete
presence to prevent any tendon overlap resulting from the straightening of the
tendons. When a tendon curves in two planes, the in-plane and out-of-plane forces
shall be added as vectors.
o If the fundamental natural frequency of the tendons is in the range of 0.8 to 1.2 times
that of the bridge, excessive vibrations of external post-tensioning tendons may
occur. Unless a vibration analysis indicates otherwise, the unsupported length of
external tendons shall not exceed 25 feet.
 Allowable Stresses.
o Concrete Allowable Stresses.
 Concrete allowable stresses, in the transverse and longitudinal directions, under
temporary construction loads at service limit state shall follow AASHTO LRFD
Article 5.14.2.3.3.
 Concrete allowable stresses for permanent loading conditions shall satisfy
AASHTO LRFD Article 5.9.4.
o Prestressing Allowable Stresses.
 For low-relaxation prestressing tendons:
Maximum jacking stress: 0.8 fpu but not to exceed 0.90 fpy.

At anchorage after anchoring: 0.70 fpu.

At other locations after anchoring: 0.74 fpu.

At service limit state after losses: 0.80 fpy.

 For prestressing bars:


Maximum jacking stress: 0.70 fpu.

At anchorage after anchoring: 0.70 fpu.


Maryland Transit Administration 9-58 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

At service limit state after losses: 0.80 fpy.

 Box Girder Proportions.


o The box girder cross-section dimensions shall satisfy the requirements of AASHTO
LRFD Article 5.14.2.3. The overall dimension of the box girder cross-section shall
preferably not be less than that required to limit the live load plus impact deflection,
calculated using the gross section moment of inertia and the secant modulus of
elasticity, to 1/1,000 of the span.
o See the commentary of AASHTO LRFD Article 5.14.2.3.10d for determining girder
depth and web spacing.
o Segment weight shall be suitable for construction and erection equipment.
 Analysis Method and Mathematical Computer Modeling.
o Analysis of segmental bridges shall follow the guidelines outlined in AASHTO LRFD
Article 4.6.2.9. Elastic analysis and beam theory can be used to determine design
moments, shears, and deflections.
o The analysis shall be conducted in both the transverse and longitudinal directions.
The effect of secondary moment due to prestressing shall be included in stress
calculations at the service limit state. At the strength limit state, the secondary force
effects induced by prestressing, with a load factor of 1.0, shall be added algebraically
to the force effects due to other factored loads.
o The effective flange width for box girders shall be based on AASHTO LRFD Article
4.6.2.6. The capacity of the cross-section at the strength limit state shall be
determined by considering the full compression flange width effect. Shear lag shall
be considered for service load stress calculations. If the width (tip-to-tip of wings) to
depth ratio exceeds 6.0, the design team must analyze for the effect of shear lag.
o Segments of horizontally curved bridges with torsionally stiff closed sections whose
central angle subtended by a curved span or portion thereof is less than 12 degrees
may be analyzed as if the segments were straight.
o Mathematical models shall include loads, geometry, and material behavior, and
where appropriate, response characteristics of the structure foundation and soil-
structure interaction. Any available segmental computer software approved by MTA
may be used. The computer model shall verify the anticipated structural behavior
and must include the construction stages suggested for the project. It must also
account for the final status of the bridge under service loads, as well as the effect of
time-dependent factors such as creep, shrinkage, and prestressing losses.
 Design Method.
o All applicable limit states (strength, extreme events, service, and fatigue) shall be
satisfied in accordance with these design criteria and the AASHTO LRFD
specifications. The service limit state covers cracking, deformations, deflections, and
concrete stresses.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-59 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

o For the strength limit state, the resistance factors shall follow AASHTO LRFD Article
5.5.4.2. The structure as a whole shall be proportioned to resist collapse due to
extreme events specified in AASHTO LRFD Table 3.4.1-1 as may be appropriate to
its site and use.
o The deck shall be designed per AASHTO LRFD Article 9.7.6, “Deck Slabs in
Segmental Construction.”
o The deck overhang shall be designed considering the three load cases specified in
the AASHTO LRFD Article A13.4.
 Shear and Torsion.
o AASHTO LRFD Article 5.8 shall be applied for shear and torsion design.
o Analysis is based on the modified compression field theory (MCFT) instead of the
traditional ACI empirical equations.
o It is conservative to design based on maximum shear and maximum torsion.
However, it is sufficient to design using the maximum shear and the corresponding
torsion and the maximum torsion with its associated shear. The vertical component
of the longitudinally draped tendons shall be algebraically added to the acting
shearing force.
o In a box girder, the stresses due to shear and torsion will be additive on one side of
the web, while counteracting each other on the other side. Therefore, the transverse
web reinforcement shall be based on the summation of reinforcement due to shear
and torsion.
o Checks for principal tensile stresses shall be performed as a method of preventing
cracking under service load conditions.
 Total Web Reinforcement – The web reinforcement consists of flexural reinforcement
required by transverse analysis and that required from the shear and torsion design. The
total reinforcement shall be taken as the largest of:
o 50% of flexural reinforcement + 100% of shear and torsion reinforcement.
o 100% of flexural reinforcement + 50% of shear and torsion reinforcement.
o 70% of flexural reinforcement + 70% of shear and torsion reinforcement.
 Segmental Construction Joints.
o Joints in precast segmental bridges shall be either cast-in-place closures or match
cast.
o Cast-in-place concrete joints and epoxy joints between precast units shall be
considered as Type A joints. Dry joints shall be considered as Type B joints.
o The resistance factors of joints in flexure and shear shall follow that of AASHTO
LRFD Table 5.5.4.2.2-1.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-60 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

o For Type A joints, auxiliary bonded reinforcement through the joint may be provided
at a stress of 0.5 fy to carry the allowable tensile force in accordance with AASHTO
LRFD Tables 5.9.4.1.2-1 and 5.9.4.2.2-1.
o The concrete strength of the cast-in-place closures shall not be less than that of the
precast concrete. The width of the closure shall permit the development of the
reinforcement in the joint or coupling of the tendons ducts, if used.
o Type B joints (dry joints) are not permitted.
 Shear Keys.
o There are two types of shear keys in the match-cast joint between precast segments:
 Web shear keys located on the faces of the webs of precast box girders. The
total depth of shear keys shall be approximately 75% of the section depth and its
width shall be at least 75% of the web thickness.
 Alignment keys located in the top and bottom slabs. Alignment keys are not
expected to transfer the shear forces at the joints, but rather to correct alignment
of the two match-cast segments being erected. For a single-cell box, normally a
minimum of three alignment keys are required on the top slab and one on the
bottom slab.
o Shear and alignment keys shall not both be located in the tendon duct zones.
 Erection Schedule and Construction – The method of construction assumed for the
design shall be shown in the contract documents. Temporary supports required prior to
the time when the structure, or its components, is capable of supporting itself and
subsequently applied loads, shall be clearly shown in the contract documents.
A typical erection schedule and anticipated construction system shall be incorporated into
the design documents in an outlined schematic form. The assumed erection loads, along
with time of application and removal of erection loads, shall be clearly stated in the plans.

 Construction Data Elevations and Camber Curve – Construction data elevations shall
be based on the vertical and horizontal highway geometry. Camber curves shall be
calculated based on the assumed erection loads and schedule used in the design, as
well as the assumed construction sequence. Camber curve data shall be provided at the
centerline of the box. Camber is the amount by which the concrete profile, at the time of
casting, must differ from the geometric profile grade in order to compensate for structural
dead load, post tensioning, long- and short-term time-dependent deformations, and the
effects of construction loads and sequence of erection.
 Integrated Drawings – Contract drawings shall be prepared in accordance with Method
A as explained in AASHTO LRFD Article 5.14.2.3.9. Congested areas of post-tensioned
concrete shall be shown on integrated drawings with an assumed post-tensioning
system.
Such areas include, but are not necessarily limited to, anchorage zones, areas containing
embedded items for the assumed post-tensioning system, areas where post-tensioning
Maryland Transit Administration 9-61 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

ducts deviate both in the vertical and transverse directions, and other highly congested
areas as determined by the design team and/or MTA.

The assumed post-tensioning system, embedded items, etc., shall be selected in a


manner that shall accommodate competitive systems (e.g., using standard available
anchorage sizes). Integrated drawings utilizing the assumed system shall be detailed to
show reinforcing and post-tensioning steel in two dimensions and, when necessary, in
complete three-dimensional (3-D) drawings.

 Segmental Box Drainage – For segmental concrete construction, 2½-inch diameter


drainage holes shall be provided at the low side of each segment.

9.2.5.2.9 Multi-Girder Bridges

Shapes such as spread boxes, T-beams, double-Ts, and slab structures may be considered for
use in bridge projects, provided the beams satisfy applicable design criteria. Exterior girders shall
not be designed for less capacity than the interior girders.

9.2.5.2.10 Rigid-Frame Structures

For the purpose of determining the theoretical span length of a beam or girder, monolithic with its
support, the support point shall be either the centerline of the supporting element or a point one
half of the depth of the beam (measured at the face of support) inward from the face of said
support, whichever gives the lesser span. When the width of the monolithic supporting member
is more than twice the depth of the beam or girder, the portion of the beam over the support shall
be considered as infinitely rigid and the frame shall be designed accordingly.

9.2.5.2.11 Culverts and Buried Structures

Culverts and other buried structures carrying LRT loads shall be designed to carry applicable
loads from Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, in accordance with AREMA Chapter 8, Parts 10 and 16.
References to track loading within AREMA Chapter 8 shall consider the LRT loads as described
within this DCM.

Refer to Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities, for additional requirements regarding culverts and
other buried structures.

9.2.5.2.12 Approach Transitions

A transition from a bridge deck to the rail section off of the bridge shall be provided at the approach
to bridge structures.

 Approach Slabs – Approach slabs shall be provided at the approaches to bridge


structures carrying only LRVs where the approach and bridge both support the same
track system, either direct-fixation track, embedded track, ballasted track, or different
trackforms. Approach slabs shall also be provided for bridges with the combination of
light rail and highway vehicles where required by the local governing jurisdiction. If the
bridge is designed with an integral abutment, regardless of the loading on the bridge, an

Maryland Transit Administration 9-62 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

approach slab supported by a sleeper slab shall be provided. See Section


9.2.5.2.139.2.5.2.139.2.5.2.13 for further information. At the end of the approach slab, a
biaxial geogrid transition for an integral abutment shall be provided to strengthen the soil.
The biaxial geogrid shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 6, Geotechnical. Also
refer to Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials, for more information.
The approach slab shall be constructed on a minimum of 1 foot of sub-ballast extending
2 feet beyond the sides of the approach slab.
The approach slab shall have a minimum length of 20 feet and a maximum length of 25
feet, measured along the centerline of the bridge. Ideally, the length of the approach slab
shall equal the height of the bridge abutment. As shown in Figure 9.8Figure 9.8Figure
9.8, the dimension “L” would equal the dimension “H,” as far as is reasonable and
possible. The width of the approach slab shall be the same as the width of the bridge.
The width of the pedestrian rail or curb does not need to be included in the width of the
approach slab.
If possible, the end of the approach slab shall be perpendicular to the track centerline.
The effects due to skew shall be considered.
The approach slab shall be designed to support the maximum moment and shear for
applicable loadings as described in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2. The slab shall span from the
abutment backwall to the sleeper slab without taking into account any bearing resistance
of the fill below the approach slab. Differential settlement across approach slabs shall be
less than 1 inch. If necessary to meet this requirement, ground improvement techniques
to the approach embankment subgrade may be implemented.
To reduce water in embankment fills at bridge abutments, an underdrain system shall be
designed beneath the approach slabs. Drains on the bridge deck shall be located to
minimize the amount of water flowing across joints.
For additional transition requirements, refer to Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials.

Figure 9.8 – Approach Slab Length

Maryland Transit Administration 9-63 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5.2.13 Sleeper Slabs

Sleeper slabs shall be provided to support approach slabs at an integral abutment. The design
team shall coordinate with the Geotechnical Engineer to ensure the bearing capacity of the
sleeper slab is adequate to resist applicable loads, as outlined in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2.

9.2.5.2.14 Moment Slabs

Moment slabs shall be provided at MSE walls supporting LRT and/or highway and/or pedestrian
loads. Moment slabs shall be designed in accordance with NCHRP Report 663, Design of
Roadside Barrier Systems Placed on MSE Retaining Walls, to resist all loads as described in
Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, including derailment where emergency guardrails are not provided and
vehicular collision loads, as applicable. The applicable vehicular collision load shall be
determined by the local jurisdiction.

The moment slabs must be designed for shear resistance without the use of shear stirrup
reinforcement. Moment slabs shall be a minimum of 20 feet long between contraction or
expansion joints.

9.2.5.2.15 Integral Abutments

Integral abutments shall be designed to support the maximum moment and shear due to all
applicable load combinations as described in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2. The abutment foundation
shall be designed in accordance with all geotechnical requirements as outlined in Chapter 6,
Geotechnical.

9.2.5.2.16 Slabs-on-Grade

Structural slabs shall be designed to handle the maximum moment and shear due to all loading
that may be potentially placed upon them as described in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2. For slabs in
areas handling pedestrian loading and snow loads only, design shall include HS-15 truck loading
(as defined in AASHTO) at a minimum. Reinforcing in areas exposed to weather and de-icing
chemicals shall have galvanized or epoxy coated reinforcement.

A designed graded aggregate base shall be placed beneath the slab-on-grade. This material
shall extend a minimum of 2 feet beyond the sides of the slab. The modulus of subgrade reaction
will be based on the specific soil information for the site and shall be adjusted to account for the
size of the track slab.

9.2.5.2.17 Station Platforms

Aerial platforms shall be designed as bridge-type structures. The design shall be in conformance
with the applicable codes and load conditions as described in Sections 9.1.29.1.29.1.2,
9.1.39.1.39.1.3 and 9.2.29.2.29.2.2. For additional information see Section 9.2.12.4.

The reactions due to the loads applied to the canopies shall be considered. These reactions shall
be provided to the structural designer by the design team of the canopy system.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-64 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5.2.18 Shrinkage and Creep

Stresses and movements resulting from concrete shrinkage and creep shall be considered in the
design and included in all load combinations. The shrinkage coefficient shall be assumed to be
0.0002 inches per inch for both prestressed and reinforced concrete. To minimize creep problems
it is suggested that the average prestressing compression stress after losses shall not exceed
1,000 psi.

9.2.5.2.19 Bridge Deck Overhangs

The maximum bridge deck overhang width permitted for multi-girder bridges shall be less than
the following:

 The depth of the exterior beam.


 40% of the spacing of the beams.
 4 feet.
Reference Section 9.2.5.2.89.2.5.2.89.2.5.2.8 for bridge deck overhang widths for segmental
construction.

For station overhangs subject to pedestrian loads, the maximum overhang shall be designed to
accommodate all loads described in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, as applicable. The overhang must
be checked for vibration and deflection for bridges in accordance with Section 9.2.39.2.39.2.3.

9.2.5.2.20 Shear Keys

Shear keys shall be provided to resist shear forces between two adjacent but separate concrete
cast-in-place pours. Adjacent pre-cast concrete units shall be doweled and grouted together with
a shear key.

See Section 9.2.5.2.89.2.5.2.89.2.5.2.8 for specific requirements for the shear keys for segmental
construction.

Refer to the governing jurisdictions standards for additional guidance.

9.2.5.2.21 Parapets and Concrete Barriers

Two conduits, each 3 inches in diameter, shall be provided in all parapets and concrete barriers
along both sides of a structure.

Slipforming shall be considered for the construction of parapets and concrete barriers.

Parapets shall have a minimum height of 42 inches above low rail.

Refer to Sections 9.2.2.19.2.2.19.2.2.1 and 9.2.3.109.2.3.109.2.3.10 for additional requirements


for parapets and barriers.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-65 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.5.2.22 Chamfer

The exposed edges of all reinforced concrete structures shall be chamfered ¾ inch.

9.2.5.2.23 Camber and Dead Load Deflections

All girders of all spans shall be cambered for dead load deflection to the dimensions shown on
the plans. The camber tolerance is 0 inches (i.e., nothing) under to ¾ inch over.

As a guide in design, the total long term predicted camber growth less deflection due to full dead
load shall be limited to 1/2,000 of the span length.

9.2.5.2.24 Live Load Deflections

For live load deflection criteria, refer to Section 9.2.3.39.2.3.39.2.3.3.

9.2.5.2.25 Mass Concrete

Structural mass concrete is defined as any volume of concrete with dimensions large enough to
require that measures be taken to cope with generation of heat from hydration of the cement and
attendant volume change to minimize cracking. In general, a placement of structural concrete
with a minimum dimension equal to or greater than 4 feet should be considered mass concrete.
Similar considerations should be given to other concrete placements that do not meet this
minimum dimension but contain Type III cement, accelerating admixtures, or cementitious
materials in excess of 660 pounds per cubic yard of concrete. Consideration should also be given
to placements that trap heat. Drilled shafts are not considered mass concrete. Mass concrete
shall be designed such that the structure can be poured to minimize cracking.

Admixtures may be used to improve concrete workability and to aid in air entrapment. High-early-
strength cement, calcium chloride, and accelerating-type admixtures may not be used. Ground
granulated blast furnace slag or fly ash may be used in the mix to reduce the heat of hydration.
Slag or fly ash may be used as a cementitious replacement material for cement up to a maximum
limit of 50% by weight of total cementitious material in the mix. Refer to AASHTO LRFD Bridge
Construction Specifications Section 8.4 for additional information. Slag and/or fly ash shall be
from single sources approved by MTA and shall be compatible with the type of cement used and
thoroughly blended in the mix. Refer to Section 9.3.21 for restrictions on the use of fly ash.

Temperature monitoring shall be implemented during construction.

Refer to ACI 207, Guide to Mass Concrete, and the Portland Cement Association’s (PCA)
Engineering Mass Concrete Structures and Section 8 of ACI 301, Specifications for Structural
Concrete, for additional information regarding the design of mass concrete structures.

9.2.5.3 Foundations

Bridge and transportation structure foundations may be either shallow or deep. Foundation
design shall be in accordance with Chapter 6, Geotechnical. All applicable loads and
combinations as listed in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2 shall apply.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-66 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Deep concrete foundations shall be reinforced for their full length. Reinforcement shall be in
accordance with the AASHTO LRFD or AASHTO, as applicable per Sections 9.2.19.2.19.2.1.

Where applicable, foundation design shall consider the results of a scour analysis performed in
accordance with Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities.

When new foundations are to be constructed adjacent to existing foundations, the design team
must adhere to the requirements of the Owner of the existing structure regarding adjacent work.
Refer to Section 9.1.39.1.39.1.3 for additional information.

9.2.5.4 Bearing Design

The bearing and any additional plates shall be designed so that the combined system is stiff
enough to prevent distortions of the bearing which would impair its proper functioning, and the
stresses imposed on the supporting structure satisfy the limits specified by the design team.

All girders shall be positively located on their supporting bearings by a connection which can resist
the longitudinal and transverse forces which may be imposed on it.

Bearings shall be designed for girder lengthening and rotation due to all possible loading
conditions.

Guides and restraints shall be used to prevent and/or limit movement in one or more directions in
accordance with the applicable design method as specified in Section 9.2.19.2.19.2.1.

Expansion bearings shall be able to accommodate the full anticipated longitudinal movement plus
an allowance for construction tolerances. The minimum construction tolerance shall be ½ inch
for every 100 feet of span length, but not less than a total of 1 inch.

The bearings must be accessible for inspection and replacement.

Potential uplift at the bearings must be investigated for all construction stages. Refer to Section
9.2.5.1.13 for additional information regarding constructability checks. Refer to AASHTO LRFD
Section 14 for additional information on bearings and joints.

9.2.5.4.1 Bearing Layout

Where possible, the design team shall make an effort to place the fixed bearing at the low end of
the bridge or span. If the bridge has no longitudinal grade, the fixed bearing shall be placed at
either end of a simple span or multi-span continuous structure. If placing the fixed bearing at the
abutment is not feasible in a multi-span continuous structure, the fixed bearing shall be placed
near the middle of the bridge. For additional information see Section 9.2.2.15.2.

9.2.5.4.2 Bearing Components

All bearings shall have steel sole and masonry plates. Sole plates shall have a minimum
thickness of 1 inch. Masonry plates shall be positively secured to their supports by bolting or
welding.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-67 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

If the inclination of the underside of the girder to the horizontal exceeds 0.01 radian, a tapered
sole plate shall be used in order to provide a level load surface to be placed on the bearing. This
requirement shall be met under full dead load at the mean annual temperature for the structure
site.

Anchor bolts shall have a minimum diameter of 1¼ inches. Anchor bolt holes in pedestals,
masonry plates, or sole plates shall be ⅜ inch larger in diameter than the bolts. Anchor bolts/rods
shall extend a minimum of 12 inches into masonry substructures. Anchor bolts/rods shall be
swedged or threaded. Anchor bolts shall extend through the sole plate when they will not impede
bearing function.

Anchor bolts shall be designed for bending over their length between the sole plate and the
masonry plate. The bending induced in the anchor bolt may be reduced if shear blocks are used
to reduce the moment arm.

At least 3 inches of cover shall be provided between anchor bolts and the edge of the concrete
pedestals.

Reinforcement shall be provided for pedestals greater than 3 inches high.

The designer shall include a 1/8-inch thick preformed fabric pad in accordance with Section
910.02.03 of MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials beneath the
masonry plate.

9.2.5.4.3 Elastomeric Bearings

All elastomeric bearings shall be steel reinforced. Steel reinforcement shall be a minimum of
0.0598 inch (16 gauge) thick and shall be stainless steel Type 304. The design of elastomeric
bearings for bridges carrying LRVs shall be in accordance with Method A of AASHTO LRFD. The
design of all elastomeric bearings shall consider provisions for seismic, compressive stress,
compressive deflection, shear deformation, rotational capacity, stability, reinforcement strength,
and anchorage.

The elastomer shall have a shear modulus between 0.08 and 0.175 ksi and a maximum nominal
hardness of 60 durometer. All other material properties shall be in accordance with AASHTO
LRFD Section 14, “Bearings.”

When some combination of loads exists that causes a shear force greater than one-fifth of the
simultaneously occurring or minimum vertical compressive force, whichever is smaller, the pad
shall be secured against horizontal movement to ensure that the bearing does not “walk out” from
under the girder. If the elastomeric pad is vulcanized to the sole and masonry plates, this
requirement is not required.

Elastomeric pads shall not be permitted to sustain uplift forces.

Polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE) bearings shall be in accordance with AASHTO LRFD. The PTFE
self-lubricating bearing element shall be composed of 100% virgin (unfilled) PTFE polymer,

Maryland Transit Administration 9-68 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

bonded to a rigid confining substrate. The substrate shall limit the flow (elongation) of the PTFE
to not more than 0.009 inch under a load of 2,000 pounds for 15 minutes at 78 degrees Fahrenheit
for a 2 inch by 3 inch test sample. The virgin (unfilled) PTFE shall have a thickness not less than
1/32 inch. The properties of the PTFE shall conform to the requirements of Table 9.6Table
9.6Table 9.6.

Table 9.6 – PTFE Properties


Requirements Test Method Value
Hardness at 78°F (26°C) ASTM D2240 50 to 65 Durometer D
2,800 psi (20 MPa)
Tensile Strength ASTM D1457
(minimum average)
Elongation ASTM D1457 200% (minimum average)
Deformation under load at 78° F
(26 °C), 2,000 psi (14 MPa),
ASTM D621 4% (maximum)
1/2 x 1/2 x 1/32 in.
(13 by 13 by 1 mm)
Specific Gravity ASTM D792 2.14 to 2.21

9.2.5.4.4 Spherical Bearings

All spherical bearings shall consist of two metal parts with matching curved surfaces and a low-
friction sliding interface, and shall be in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Article 14.7.3. The
sliding surfaces may consist of PTFE or bronze or copper alloys in accordance with Section
9.2.5.49.2.5.49.2.5.4 and AASHTO LRFD Articles 14.7.2 and 14.7.7.

Guide bars are required only for guided expansion bearings. The length of the guide bars is
initially set based on a thermal movement due to a 60-degree change in temperature, a 1 inch
construction tolerance, and 1 inch clear distance from the end of the concave plate to the end of
the guide bar.

9.2.5.4.5 Pot Bearings

Pot bearings are prohibited for MTA LRT structures.

9.2.5.4.6 Disc Bearings

Disc bearings shall consist of a polyether urethane elastomeric structural element (disc) confined
by upper and lower external steel load plates. Disc expansion bearings may also include a flat
sliding surface to allow for horizontal movement.

The confining elements of the lower external steel load plate may be integrated into an
appropriately designed masonry plate or may be designed as separate elements with the lower
load plate bolted or welded to the masonry plate.

For fixed disc bearings without a flat sliding surface, the confining elements of the upper external
steel load plate may be integrated into an appropriately designed sole plate or may be designed

Maryland Transit Administration 9-69 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

as separate elements with the upper load plate bolted or welded to the sole plate. For expansion
disc bearings with a flat sliding surface, the confining elements of the upper external steel load
plate may be integrated into an appropriately designed base plate that also supports the sliding
element.

Disc bearings shall be equipped with a shear restriction mechanism to prevent movement of the
disc.

Disc bearings shall adequately provide for the thermal expansion and contraction, rotation,
camber changes, and creep and shrinkage of structural members where applicable.

9.2.5.5 Joints

Joints shall be provided in accordance with local jurisdictions.

The use of joints on MTA-owned structures shall be minimized. When feasible, compression
seals are preferred. If larger movements are to be accommodated, finger joints are preferred.
Joints do not have to be similar at all locations on a bridge (i.e., a finger joint could be used at one
abutment and a compression seal at the other).

9.2.5.6 Stress Ribbon Bridges

The concrete deck shall be cast-in-place or post-tensioned panels. The deck shall be reinforced
with steel bars or prestressing strands in accordance with Sections 9.39.39.3 and
9.2.5.29.2.5.29.2.5.2.

The slope of the stress ribbon bridge shall meet all ADA requirements.

The minimum deck thickness shall be 8 inches.

Stress ribbon bridges need to be designed for all the applicable loads mentioned in Section
9.2.29.2.29.2.2. The maximum force in the bridge deck will typically occur under maximum live
load and with a maximum temperature drop after the completion of creep and shrinkage of the
concrete.

Due to creep, shrinkage, and temperature effects, a non-linear, time-dependent dynamic analysis
for stress ribbon bridges shall be performed in accordance with Section 9.2.3.89.2.3.89.2.3.8.

A seismic analysis shall be completed in accordance with Section 9.2.189.2.189.2.18.

9.2.6 Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures

This section includes additional and modified requirements for the design of underground
structures, except for mined tunnel linings and shafts, which are included in Chapter 10, Bored
Tunnels, Mined Tunnels and Ancillary Structures, and Shafts. Underground structures are
erected within a supported excavation, often with a decking system that is installed to maintain
traffic. The components of the excavation system are:

Maryland Transit Administration 9-70 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Excavation Support Wall – Typically steel soldier pile and timber lagging, slurry
(diaphragm wall), or secant pile wall.
 Bracing System – This is typically a system of wales and struts or wales and ground
anchors. When buildings or adjacent property lines are in close proximity to the
excavation, ground anchors shall not be used. Mixed wale-and-strut and wale-and-
ground-anchor systems may be used at select locations with the approval of MTA.
Rock bolts may be installed in excavation sidewalls for cut-and-cover excavations that locally
extend into rock. The proximity of property lines shall be considered when designing rock bolts.

Retained excavations, which are open excavations with a continuous concrete invert, that connect
at-grade LRT facilities to underground structures of various types defined herein, are considered
to be underground structures for purposes of these design criteria.

Refer to Chapter 10, Bored Tunnels, Mined Tunnels and Ancillary Structures, and Shafts, for
requirements related to the protection of adjacent structures and utilities and to control
groundwater.

9.2.6.1 Loads for Design of Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures

Loads used for the design of underground structures shall be the same as for all other structures,
except as noted below. The structural drawings shall include plans showing the design loads.

Structures shall be modeled taking into account the stiffness of the surrounding material,
established by the Geotechnical Engineer in technical memoranda.

 Dead Load – The dead load (DL) shall consist of the weight of the basic structure and
weight of the secondary elements permanently supported by the structure. For cut-and-
cover structures, dead load shall include the weight of earth cover supported by the roof
of the structure and acting as a simple gravity load.
All cut-and-cover underground structures shall be designed for the actual cover depth or
for an assumed minimum cover depth of 8 feet when actual cover depth is less than 8
feet.
Dead load shall include miscellaneous loads of any system or facility that shall apply a
permanent load on the structure.
 Live Loads – Refer to Section 9.2.2.29.2.2.29.2.2.2 for live loads.
 Railings – Refer to Section 9.2.2.29.2.2.29.2.2.2 for railing loads.
 Curbs – A horizontal force of 500 plf shall be applied at the top of curbs on permanent
structures.
 Lateral Earth Pressure – Earth pressure (EH) shall be established by the Geotechnical
Engineer in technical memoranda.
 Water Pressure – Water pressures (B) shall be established by the Geotechnical
Engineer in technical memoranda.
Maryland Transit Administration 9-71 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Surcharge Loads – Surcharge loads shall be as established in Section 9.2.2.9.


 Air Pressure due to Ventilation – Air pressures shall be established by the Mechanical
Engineer in technical memoranda.
 Air Pressure due to Moving Trains – Air pressures shall be established by the
Mechanical Engineer in technical memoranda.
 Seismic Loads – Seismic design shall be in accordance with the seismic requirements
provided in Section 9.2.18.

9.2.6.2 Load Combinations for Design of Cut-and-Cover Underground Structures

In addition to the load combinations cited elsewhere in this chapter for the design of all project
structures, the following load cases shall be analyzed for the design of underground structures.
Maximum and minimum values of the load factors shall be in accordance with AASHTO Table
3.4.1-2.

 Case 1 – Full vertical load, full horizontal earth pressure and water pressure, using
maximum load factors on all loads.
 Case 2 – Full vertical load and minimum lateral load, as determined by the geotechnical
engineering team. Maximum load factors are applied to all vertical loads, and minimum
load factors are applied to the horizontal earth and water pressures.
 Case 3 – Minimum vertical loads, with maximum horizontal loads on one side and
minimum horizontal load on the other side, as determined by the geotechnical
engineering team. The hydrostatic load may be assumed to be balanced on both sides
of the section. Maximum load factors are applied to the maximum loads and minimum
load factors are applied to the minimum loads.
 Case 4 – Maximum vertical loads, with maximum horizontal loads on one side and
minimum horizontal load on the other side, as determined by the geotechnical
engineering team. The hydrostatic load may be assumed to be balanced on both sides
of the section. Maximum load factors are applied to the maximum loads and minimum
load factors are applied to the minimum loads.
 Cases 5 & 6 – These cases apply the maximum and minimum horizontal loads to the
opposite sides as Cases 3 & 4, where sections are not symmetric.
In the corresponding service state load cases, all load factors of 1.0 applies.

9.2.6.3 Buoyancy

A minimum factor of safety against flotation of 1.0 shall be provided, with a factor of 0.9 applied
to resisting permanently acting dead loads. The weight of backfill over the structure within vertical
planes extending up from the outside faces of the structure may be taken to resist flotation.
Friction against foundation elements may be included as established by the geotechnical
engineering team in technical memoranda.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-72 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.7 Earth Retaining Structures

This section establishes criteria for the design of abutments, wingwalls, retaining walls, and other
earth retention structures. The requirements specific to the cut-and-cover underground structures
shall be in accordance with Section 9.2.69.2.69.2.6. The design of earth retaining structures shall
be coordinated between the geotechnical and structural engineering teams. The geotechnical
engineering team shall provide the geotechnical parameters of the soil required for the structural
engineering team to design the structure.

9.2.7.1 Computation of Applied Forces

Computation of applied forces shall be in accordance with Section 9.2.2.99.2.2.99.2.2.9 of these


criteria and supplemented by AREMA Chapter 8, Section 5.3, “Computation of Applied Forces;”
AASHTO LRFD Article 11 “Abutments, Piers and Walls;” AASHTO Article 5 “Retaining Walls;”
IBC Article 1807; or IRC Article 404.

Global stability of all retaining walls shall be evaluated based on classical slope stability analysis.
The external stability of all retaining walls shall be evaluated based on bearing capacity,
overturning, and sliding.

Internal stability and compound stability (where the critical failure surface passes through the
reinforcement) of MSE walls shall be evaluated by the proprietary retaining wall supplier hired by
the contractor. The global and external stability of MSE and segmental retaining walls is the
responsibility of the design engineer.

9.2.7.2 Geometry

Retaining wall layout shall address slope maintenance above and below the wall. The ends of
the retaining wall shall be buried or returned into the retained fill or cut where possible. Any
residual wall batter should be into the fill.

A fence or railing with a minimum height of 42 inches above a standing surface shall be provided
at the top of walls 30 inches or greater.

9.2.7.3 Type

Selection of retaining wall type shall be based on an evaluation of the magnitude and direction of
loading, depth to suitable foundation support, presence of harmful environmental factors,
proximity of physical constraints, structure cross-sectional geometry, settlement, facing
appearance, and construction cost.

Gravity walls and timber walls, including bin walls, concrete or timber crib walls, and gabion walls,
shall not be permitted for permanent retaining walls supporting LRT structures. For permanent
retaining walls not supporting LRT structures, gabion walls and timber walls will not be permitted
unless approved by MTA. Recycled material walls shall not be permitted for permanent retaining

Maryland Transit Administration 9-73 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

walls unless approved by MTA. Wall types proposed for use shall have been successfully used
in similar geotechnical locations and environmental conditions.

The retaining wall design shall include consideration of appropriate wall face treatments for
aesthetics purposes. The design and installation of proprietary earth retaining structures must be
reviewed and approved by MTA.

9.2.7.4 Design Requirements

Retaining walls shall be designed in accordance with the applicable standards and references
outlined in these structural design criteria. Retaining walls must be designed to withstand earth
and hydrostatic pressures, including any live load surcharge and the dead weight of the wall. The
design team’s geotechnical engineer must provide the design team’s structural engineer with the
soil parameters for determining the lateral earth pressure.

For retaining structures constructed immediately adjacent to the LRT trackway, the design team
must determine if the structure is within the soil pressure zone of influence due to the LRV loading
as defined in Section 9.2.2.99.2.2.99.2.2.9. If applicable, use the surcharge load as described in
Section 9.2.2.99.2.2.99.2.2.9. Any adjacent surface elements (such as traction power mast
supports) that may exert a surcharge loading on the retaining structure must also be considered.

For retaining structures supporting WMATA, CSX Railroad, Amtrak, Norfolk Southern, existing
buildings or other significant structures, the design team must determine if the proposed earth
retaining structure is within the soil pressure influence zone due to the existing element(s). If
applicable, use the surcharge loads as described in Section 9.2.2.99.2.2.99.2.2.9.

Design and construction shall consider surface and subsurface drainage. A drainage system
shall be provided to intercept or prevent surface water from entering behind walls, and mitigate
the build-up of hydrostatic pressure. Both the water pressure and the lateral soil pressure must
be considered in the design.

All retaining wall components, for MTA-owned and maintained walls, shall remain within MTA
ROW or permanent easements.

The design of all wall systems must consider the constructability of the system. This consideration
shall include, but not be limited to, form loads, dead men, lateral support posts, the need for
leveling pads for constructability of forms and finishes, deflection criteria, clearances of overhead
forms and supports to active roads during all MOT phases, and loads due to construction. This
provision shall apply to all wall systems unless otherwise noted on the plans.

Refer to Chapter 14, Corrosion Control, for retaining wall design requirements related to corrosion
control.

Refer to Section 9.2.5.2.149.2.5.2.149.2.5.2.14 for moment slab and barrier requirements atop
MSE walls.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-74 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.7.5 Characteristics of Permanent Retaining Walls

9.2.7.5.1 Primary Walls Retaining LRT, Railroad, and/or Highway

The following types of retaining walls may be used as primary walls for LRT, railroad, and/or
highway loads.

 Mechanically Stabilized Earth (MSE) Walls – MSE walls shall be in accordance with
Chapter 6, Geotechnical. Refer to Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities, for additional
information.
 Cast-in-Place Concrete Walls – Construction joint spacing shall accommodate
differential settlement. For heights of greater than 25 feet, counterfort walls shall be used.
 Top-Down Walls – Cantilever sheet pile walls and cantilever soldier pile and lagging
walls may be used when top-down construction is warranted. Cantilever sheet pile walls
shall be a maximum exposed height of 10 feet. Cantilever soldier pile and lagging walls
may be taller but shall be checked for deflection. Lagging shall consist of horizontal sheet
piling or precast concrete panels. Lagging shall not consist of timber. Permanent steel
sheet pile walls shall have a layer of concrete facing that is a minimum of 8 inches thick.
Shotcrete shall not be used for final finish facings.
Soldier pile and lagging walls may be designed using tie-backs and anchors. Tie-back
wall design and construction shall use FHWA RD-82-046, FHWA RD-82-047, and FHWA-
IF-99-015 as guidelines. Anchors shall be encapsulated with plastic sheathing. Proof
load tests and verification (performance) tests for anchors shall be provided in
accordance with the specified FHWA guidelines.
 Modular and Soil Nail Walls – Modular walls shall not be used as the primary retaining
walls for LRT or railroad tracks, or highways. Soil nail walls shall not be used as the
primary retaining walls for LRT or railroad tracks but may be used for retaining highway
sections or cuts above LRT/railroad tracks if structural facings are provided.
Modular walls shall not be used when a crash wall is required in areas encroaching on
the horizontal clearance envelope of the LRV as defined in Section 9.2.119.2.119.2.11.
 Tie-Backs – All tie-backs, where permitted, must remain in MTA ROW or within
permanent subsurface easements.

9.2.7.5.2 Secondary Walls Retaining Earth, Buildings, Highway and/or Pedestrian Traffic

In addition to the wall types listed in Section 9.2.7.5.19.2.7.5.19.2.7.5.1, above, the following types
of retaining walls may be used for secondary retaining walls, such as park-n-ride and LRT
stations:

 Modular Walls – Modular walls shall be in accordance with Chapter 6, Geotechnical.


 Soil Nail Walls – Soil nail walls may be used when top-down construction is warranted.
Soil nail walls shall not be used if groundwater seepage will be a problem. Design and
construction shall use FHWA-RD-89-93, FHWA-SA-93-068, FHWA-SA-96-069, and
Maryland Transit Administration 9-75 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

FHWA-IF-03-017 as guidelines. Load testing for nails shall be provided in accordance


with these FHWA guidelines. Soil nail walls shall have a minimum temporary facing
thickness of 4 inches and a minimum permanent facing thickness of 8 inches. Shotcrete
shall not be used for final finish facings.
 Gravity Walls – Gravity walls, including bin walls, concrete or timber crib walls, and
gabion walls, shall not be permitted unless approved by MTA.

9.2.7.5.3 Soil Reinforcement

For criteria regarding soil reinforcement, refer to Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

9.2.7.6 Deflection Limits

The overall horizontal deflection at the top of retaining walls shall be limited to 1 inch at the head
(top) of the wall. For wall types supported by drilled shafts, the drilled shaft head deflection shall
be limited to 1 inch. Deflection limits not meeting these criteria shall be discussed with MTA, and
written approval must be obtained from MTA for deflections greater than those outlined in these
criteria. The clearance envelopes as addressed in Section 9.2.119.2.119.2.11 and Chapter 7,
Civil, Traffic, and Utilities, must be adjusted accordingly.

This deflection shall be accounted for when determining the clearance between the LRV and the
track as outlined in Section 9.2.119.2.119.2.11.

The deflection of single shaft and pole foundations shall be checked and compared against the
ultimate fixity location. Refer to Chapter 6, Geotechnical, for further information.

9.2.7.7 Vibrations

The potential effects of vibrations created during the construction of any retaining walls or
foundation elements shall be considered. Vibrations shall be mitigated so as to not inflict damage
upon any nearby structures. USBM RI 8507 and AASHTO R 8-96 should be consulted when
establishing vibration limits. For additional information, see Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

9.2.7.8 Characteristics of Temporary Retaining Walls

Characteristics of temporary retaining walls shall be in accordance with Section


9.2.7.59.2.7.59.2.7.5.

9.2.7.9 Form Liner

A minimum cover of 2 inches from the maximum relief to the reinforcement shall be required for
all form liners.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-76 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.8 Noise Walls

This section establishes criteria for the applicability and design of noise walls adjacent to highway,
LRT, and railroad infrastructure.

All components of noise walls shall be designed in accordance with the prevailing design code as
outlined in Section 9.2.19.2.19.2.1. The foundation design shall correspond to the same
prevailing design code as used for the noise wall components.

If the noise wall is structure-mounted, the service load reactions obtained at the base of the noise
wall shall be factored in accordance with AASHTO LRFD load combinations and shall be applied
to the structure. Refer to Section 9.2.2.229.2.2.229.2.2.22 for additional information.

9.2.8.1 Criteria for Noise Walls

Designers shall refer to MDSHA’s Sound Barrier Policy and Montgomery County’s Highway Noise
Abatement Policy, as applicable, for noise abatement policies and noise analysis guidelines,
including impacts, mitigation, and the need for noise walls.

9.2.8.2 Setback and Spatial Requirements

Setback and spatial requirements for noise walls are as follows:

 The setback of proposed noise walls must meet the clearance and ROW requirements of
Section 9.2.119.2.119.2.11.
 All noise wall components shall remain within the ROW.
 Where ROW constraints allow, noise walls shall be setback a minimum of 10 feet from
the ROW line to allow for maintenance.
 Noise walls shall be located adjacent to roadway shoulders; adjacent to track alignments
in accordance with Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials; at top of cut slopes; on top
of or immediately behind retaining walls; and on bridges.

9.2.8.3 Types of Walls

Designers must consider aesthetics when choosing a noise wall system along proposed or
existing LRT, railroad, and highway infrastructure. Designers shall closely coordinate noise wall
design and construction with other work items such as landscaping, utilities, drainage, stormwater
management, sediment control, and bridge and retaining wall design.

Noise walls shall be designed and detailed utilizing the MDSHA Noise Barrier Standard Drawings,
or an approved proprietary noise barrier system, and the design of noise wall elements shall be
in accordance with AASHTO Guide Specifications for Structural Design of Sound Barriers. In
addition, the following requirements shall apply:

 Wooden noise walls shall not be permitted.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-77 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Noise wall systems shall have a minimum sound transmission coefficient (STC) of 25.
 Where absorptive surfaces are required, the surface shall have a minimum noise
reduction coefficient (NRC) of 0.80.
 The maximum height for a proposed noise wall shall be 34 feet above the finished ground
line. Bridge-mounted heights greater than 12 feet above the bridge deck require MTA
approval.
 Post type and design shall be compatible with the panel design in terms of texture, color,
acoustical profile, and scale.
 A single type of post shall be used for the entire length of noise walls. Posts on bridges
shall not be connected to the vertical faces of parapets; rather, the parapet shall be
widened to allow for mounting.
 Consistent post spacing shall be used for the entire length of noise walls. Where
consistent post spacing is not feasible, the design team shall provide the illusion that the
spacing of posts is equal through the use of false posts and special double-wide panels.

9.2.8.4 Foundations

For information regarding the design of noise wall foundations, refer to Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

9.2.8.5 Loads

The following loads shall be considered in the design of noise walls:

 Dead Loads – The dead loads include the weight of the noise wall system. The loads of
the sound barrier components shall be applied through their respective centers of gravity.
All retaining walls and ground-mounted noise walls which are higher than 24 feet shall be
designed for the additional dead load moment caused by a 2-degree rotation of the panels
and posts at the top of the retaining wall or ground-mount system.
 Derailment Loads –For noise walls adjacent to LRT or railroad tracks and combined with
a structural system designed against the derailment loads, the noise wall components
shall be designed for the derailment load as specified in Section 9.2.2.39.2.2.39.2.2.3.
 Wind Loads – Wind loads on noise walls shall be determined based on the tables
provided in Section 1-2.1.2 of AASTHO’s Guide Specification for Structural Design of
Sound Barriers.
 Seismic Loads – If earthquake loads are to be considered for the design of the structure
to which the noise wall is attached, the same seismic provisions shall apply to the noise
wall. If the noise wall is independent of any other structures, refer to Section
9.2.2.209.2.2.209.2.2.20 for earthquake loads.
 Earth Loads – Horizontal earth pressure loading shall be in accordance with Section
9.2.2.99.2.2.99.2.2.9.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-78 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Traffic Loads – Traffic loads need not be applied to a noise wall system unless the noise
wall is combined with the concrete traffic barrier. The foundation system for a combined
noise wall and concrete traffic barrier shall not be less than that required for the concrete
traffic barrier alone.
 Bridge Loads – When a noise wall is on a bridge traffic barrier, the loads from the noise
wall, as specified in this section, Section 9.2.8.59.2.8.59.2.8.5, must be transferred to the
superstructure and substructure of the bridge.
In addition, the following load combinations shall be considered in the design of noise walls.

 Service Level (Allowable Stress) Design.


o Group 1: D + E + SC.
o Group II: D + W + E + SC.
o Group III: D + EQD + E.
o Group IV: D + W + E + I.
Where: D = Dead load.

E = Lateral earth pressure.

SC = Live load surcharge.

W = Wind load.

EQD = Seismic dead load.

I = Ice and snow loads

 Load Factor Design.


o Group I: β * D + 1.7 E + 1.7 SC.
o Group II: β * D + 1.7 E + 1.3 W + 1.3 I.
o Group III: β * D + 1.3 E + 1.3 EQE.
o Group IV: β * D + 1.3 E + 1.3 EQD.
o Group V: β * D + 1.1E + 1.1 (EQE + EQD).
Where: EQE = Seismic earth load.

 Strength Reduction Factors, Φ.


o Reinforced Concrete:
 for flexure φ=0.90
 for shear φ=0.85
 for axial compressions φ=0.70

Maryland Transit Administration 9-79 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

o Foundation:
 for soil passive resistance φ=0.90
 for soil active resistance φ=1.00
 for soil bearing pressure, except under EQ φ=0.50
 for soil bearing pressure, under EQ φ=1.00
 for pile bearing load, except under EQ φ=0.75
 for pile bearing load, under EQ φ=1.00

9.2.9 Crash Walls

9.2.9.1 LRV Collision with Structures

Abutments, piers, or other structure support elements located within a distance of 25 feet to the
centerline of a rail transit track shall be protected by a reinforced concrete crash wall. The
provisions of this section need not be considered for structures if they are protected by any of the
following:

 An embankment.
 A structurally independent, crashworthy, ground-mounted, 6-foot-high barrier or wall,
located within 10 feet of the component being protected.
 A 42-inch high crashworthy barrier located more than 10 feet from the component being
protected.
In addition, where LRVs are restrained by emergency guardrail or direct fixation containment
walls, any adjacent abutments and/or piers need not be designed for the collision force and a
crashwall is not required. See Section 9.2.2.3.2 and Section 9.2.17 for additional information
regarding emergency guardrails.

9.2.9.2 Crash Wall Requirements

Crash walls located adjacent to existing or proposed structures shall meet the following
requirements:

 Adjacent to Existing Structures – To limit damage by the redirection and deflection of


LRT equipment, piers and other structural support elements supporting structures over
LRT with a clear distance of 25 feet or less from the centerline of track shall be of heavy
construction or shall be protected by a reinforced concrete crash wall. Crash walls shall
be designed in accordance with AREMA Chapter 8, Section 2.1.5. Reference AREMA
Chapter 8, Section 2.1.5c for the requirements of piers defined as being of heavy
construction.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-80 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Adjacent to Proposed Structures – To limit damage by the redirection and deflection


of LRT equipment, all new structure support elements supporting structures over LRT
with a clear distance of 25 feet or less from the centerline of track shall be of heavy
construction. Reference AREMA Chapter 8, Section 2.1.5c for the requirements of piers
defined as heavy construction.

9.2.9.3 Highway Vehicle Collision with Structures Supporting LRT

Abutments, piers, and other structure support elements supporting LRT over a vehicular roadway
shall be protected from vehicular impact if they are within the roadway clear zone as defined by
AASHTO’s A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets. Collision shall be addressed
by either providing structural resistance or by redirecting or absorbing the collision load. Where
the design choice is to redirect or absorb the collision load, the structure shall be protected by a
minimum 54-inch barrier wall crash tested for a minimum of a Test Level 5 impact load as
described in NCHRP Report 350. When the design choice is to provide structural resistance, the
substructure units shall be designed for the appropriate collision forces as described in Section
9.2.2.49.2.2.49.2.2.4.

9.2.10 Sign Structures, Digital Message Systems, Traffic Signals, Overhead


Catenary Supports, and Luminaires

9.2.10.1 Structures

Sign structures, digital message systems (DMS), traffic signals, and luminaires shall be designed
in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs,
Luminaires and Traffic Signals. The sign importance factor shall be taken as 1.0. OCS support
poles shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary System.

For sign structures, digital message systems, traffic signals, and luminaires, the structural
engineer shall design the structure and the connection to the bridge or foundation. For OCS, the
loads on the supports shall be calculated by the systems group and shall be provided to the
structural engineer. The structural engineer shall take the reactions at the base plate and shall
design the connection to the bridge or foundation.

9.2.10.1.1 Overhead Elements

OCS pole locations and design shall be coordinated with track designs and all other utilities in the
project vicinity. For additional design requirements, see Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary System.

Where necessary, OCS poles may be used as joint-use lighting or signal poles to support traffic
signals, LRT signals, signs, and luminaires. The calculations for the pole loading shall therefore
include forces induced by these other elements. These poles shall support low-profile catenary
and/or single contact wire configurations as well as simple catenary configuration as required.

The pole finish shall be in accordance with Chapter 11, Architecture, Urban Design, and
Landscape Architecture. All poles, except those on existing overpasses or underground garage

Maryland Transit Administration 9-81 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

structures, shall be installed on cast-in-place reinforced concrete foundations by means of


embedded anchor bolts. On existing structures, the poles shall be mounted with anchor bolts
installed through the existing structure. See Section 9.2.10.1.29.2.10.1.29.2.10.1.2 for additional
bridge-mounted elements requirements.

9.2.10.1.2 Bridge-Mounted Elements

The forces induced into the bridge from a bridge-mounted structure shall be included in the
analysis and/or design of the bridge components. On proposed structures, the factored load
combinations for the reactions provided by others shall be developed in accordance with these
design criteria and AASHTO LRFD.

On existing structures, the poles shall be supported by means of anchor bolts installed through
the deck or cast into piers. The factored load combinations of the service reactions shall be
developed in accordance with these design criteria, AASHTO, and AASHTO Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals.

9.2.10.2 Pole Foundations

OCS pole foundations shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary
System.

Foundation design for sign structures, digital message systems, traffic signals, and luminaires
shall be coordinated with the track designers, geotechnical engineers, and underground utilities.
In addition to the reference in Section 9.2.10.19.2.10.19.2.10.1, foundations shall be designed in
accordance with Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

The structural engineer shall use the parameters provided by the geotechnical engineer and the
structure loads to design the reinforcement of the foundation in accordance with these design
criteria, AASHTO, and AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway
Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals.

Foundations shall be designed to limit the total effect of foundation rotation and pole deflection at
the top of the foundation as listed below:

 Horizontal deflection limit at top of foundation: 0.50 inch.


 Rotation limit at top of shaft foundation [∆/D]: 0.30% (wind only).
 Rotation limit at top of shaft foundation [∆/D]: 2.0% (total load).
Where ∆ is the drilled shaft head deflection and D is the diameter of the drilled shaft.

Refer to Chapter 6, Geotechnical, for further guidance. Refer to Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary
System, for further guidance on OCS pole foundation deflection criteria.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-82 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.10.3 Base Plates

The minimum base plate thickness shall be equivalent to the anchor bolt diameter. For overhead
sign structures, the minimum base plate thickness shall be 2 inches or the anchor bolt diameter,
whichever is greater. No grout shall be installed beneath the base plates.

9.2.10.4 Cantilever Signs

The arms of cantilevered signs shall be quad-chord trusses made of steel. No single-chord mast
arms shall be used.

9.2.10.5 Fatigue Design

The design of these structures shall incorporate the fatigue requirements of AASHTO Standard
Specification for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals.

9.2.10.6 Grounding

For grounding requirements see Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary System.

9.2.11 Clearances and Geometry

9.2.11.1 Vertical Clearance

The following vertical clearances apply to the entire usable roadway or travel area, including
shoulders.

The actual computed vertical clearance shall be shown for each bridge on the project; the point
of minimum vertical clearance shall be shown in the general plan, and the location and actual
vertical clearance shall be shown in the elevation view. Should a bridge cross more than one
roadway (e.g., two-directional traffic), the actual vertical clearance shall be shown for each
roadway.

All vertical and horizontal clearances shall be verified with the appropriate authorities at the time
of final design.

9.2.11.1.1 Bridges over Highways

Bridges carrying roadways, railroad tracks, or LRVs over existing roadways shall meet the
following minimum vertical clearance criteria set by the owner of the facility.

 Baltimore, Montgomery, and Prince George’s Counties:


o For all bridges (except pedestrian bridges) over interstate, U.S., or state highways,
the minimum design vertical clearance shall be 16 feet 9 inches, which provides
for 16 feet of absolute minimum clearance and 9 inches of future surfacing.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-83 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

o For all bridges (except pedestrian bridges) over county roads, local roads, and
streets, the minimum design vertical clearance shall be 15 feet, which provides for
14 feet 6 inches of absolute minimum clearance and 6 inches of future surfacing.
 Baltimore City:
o For all bridges (except pedestrian bridges) over interstate, U.S., or state highways,
the minimum design vertical clearance shall be 16 feet.
o For all bridges (except pedestrian bridges) over city roads, local roads, and streets,
the minimum design vertical clearance shall be 14 feet 6 inches.
o For all bridges over interstate, U.S., or state highways and city roads, local roads,
and streets in the vicinity of Johns Hopkins Bayview Medical Center, the minimum
design vertical clearance shall be 17 feet.
The legal maximum height of a vehicle in Maryland is 13 feet 6 inches; temporary reductions in
clearances during construction may be required, but in no case shall they be less than 14 feet 6
inches. When a temporary reduction in clearance provides less than 16 feet for bridges over
interstate, U.S., or state highways, or 14 feet 6 inches for bridges over city/county roads, local
roads, or streets, the work area shall be signed to indicate reduced clearance caused by
construction and the design team shall get written approval from MTA. The design team shall
also coordinate and obtain approval from the owner of the roadway whenever reduced clearances
for construction are required.

9.2.11.1.2 Bridges over CSX/Norfolk Southern/AMTRAK

Structures carrying roadways, railway tracks, or LRVs over existing railway tracks shall meet the
following minimum vertical clearance criteria set by the owner of the facility.

For all bridges over CSX, Norfolk Southern, AMTRAK, or other similar facilities, the minimum
vertical clearance shall be 23 feet. All vertical clearances shall be coordinated with the railroad.

9.2.11.1.3 Bridges over WMATA

For all bridges carrying LRVs and roadways over existing WMATA tracks, a minimum vertical
clearance of 15 feet shall be maintained between top of existing rail and the bottom of the
proposed structure.

9.2.11.1.4 Bridges over LRT

Bridges carrying roadways, railway tracks, LRT tracks, or other overhead obstructions over
proposed LRT tracks shall meet the minimum vertical clearance criteria as outlined in Chapter 17,
Overhead Catenary System.
A minimum of 1 foot clear shall be held between the lowest element of an overhead bridge and
the messenger or contact wires. Refer to Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary System, for more
information on contact wire heights and the overhead power distribution system. Refer to Chapter
4, Light Rail Vehicles, for additional information on LRVs.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-84 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Contact wires shall not be connected to the bridge under any circumstances without proper
insulators and an agreement with the appropriate governing authorities, owners, and stakeholders
of the structures.

9.2.11.1.5 Bridges over Pedestrian Paths

Bridges carrying roadways, railway tracks, or LRVs over proposed or existing pedestrian paths
shall meet the following minimum vertical clearance criteria:

 Preferred: 10 feet.
 Absolute: 8 feet.

9.2.11.1.6 Pedestrian Bridges

For pedestrian bridges over roadways, railroad tracks, or LRT tracks, the clearances specified in
this section, Sections 9.2.11.1.19.2.11.1.19.2.11.1.1 through 9.2.11.1.59.2.11.1.59.2.11.1.5,
above shall be increased by 1 foot. If the increase cannot be met due to site restrictions, the
design team shall seek MTA approval to waive the increase.

If there are other overpass structures in the general vicinity of the proposed pedestrian bridge that
have a clearance greater than the minimum required clearance of the pedestrian bridge, then the
pedestrian bridge shall have its clearance increased to equal the highest highway overpass
bridge. This increase is subject to MTA approval.

9.2.11.1.7 Overhang Canopies over Platforms

Refer to Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials, for clearances to overhang canopies over
platforms. Refer to Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary System, for more information on contact wire
heights and the overhead power distribution system.

No wires of the catenary system shall be connected to an overhang under any circumstances.

9.2.11.1.8 Bridges over Non-Transportation Structures

A minimum vertical clearance of 10 feet shall be provided between the bottom of a proposed LRT
bridge structure and the top of a structure not providing a means of transportation, such as a
building, shaft, or canopy. If this clearance cannot be met, MTA shall be consulted for acceptance
of modified clearance envelopes and inspection procedures shall be evaluated.

9.2.11.1.9 Bridges over Waterways

The clearance of a structure over a non-navigable waterway is dependent upon a hydraulic


analysis, performed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities.
The minimum freeboard provided shall be 1 foot between the bottom of the structure and the
design stormwater surface elevation. The clearance of a structure over a navigable waterway
shall be coordinated with the agency having jurisdiction.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-85 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.11.1.10 Yard and Shop Facilities

For vertical clearances specific to the yard and shop facilities, refer to Chapter 13, Yards & Shops.

9.2.11.2 Horizontal Clearances and Tolerances

All structures shall take into account the required horizontal clearances and tolerances as
described in Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials.

For horizontal clearances specific to the yard and shop facilities, refer to Chapter 13, Yards &
Shops.

9.2.12 Building Structures

9.2.12.1 Design Codes

This section shall apply to the structural design of all elements of buildings, stations, and shop
facilities. These elements shall be designed in accordance with the IBC except as noted within
this section.

In the case of platforms subjected to LRT loading, all structural elements above the platform and
not subjected to LRT loading shall be designed in accordance with this section. All structural
elements below and including the platform shall be designed as a bridge structure in accordance
with Section 9.2.59.2.59.2.5. All load combinations with LRT loading shall be per Section
9.2.29.2.29.2.2 of these design criteria.

Refer to Section 9.2.159.2.159.2.15 for provisions regarding modifications to existing buildings to


be impacted by the proposed LRT system.

9.2.12.2 Building Frame Types

Structures constructed below-ground shall be limited to the use of cast-in-place or precast


concrete materials as described in Section 9.3.59.3.59.3.5. Refer to the IBC and ACI 318 for
design provisions, as applicable.

Structures constructed above ground may be of cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete,


prestressed concrete, steel, or cold-formed steel. For material requirements, refer to Section
9.39.39.3, and for design provisions, refer to the IBC, ACI 318, and AISC’s Steel Construction
Manual, as applicable.

 Masonry – Unless the element is isolated from the structure so that vertical and lateral
forces are not imparted on the structure, masonry shall be designed as reinforced.
Shear walls shall be of running bond construction only; stacked bond construction shall
not be permitted.
 Bolted Connections – Compressible washer-type direct-tension indicators or twist-off
type tension-control bolts shall be provided at all bolted connections.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-86 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Cold-Formed Steel, Light Frame Construction – The compression flanges of all wall
studs in bending shall be stiffened or partially stiffened. Unstiffened compression flanges
shall not be permitted. All strap bracing shall be anchored to solid blocking.
Wall stud assemblies shall be constructed such that the studs are firmly placed into the
track prior to attachment. No gaps shall exist between the wall stud and the attached
track.
Connections between cold-formed steel members shall be with screw fasteners or by
welding. Pneumatic nailing is permitted only for the connection of cold-formed members
to other materials.
Cold-formed steel members exposed to spray from salt, salt water, or brackish water shall
be galvanized per ASTM A653 G90, and all fasteners shall be corrosion-resistant.

9.2.12.3 LRT Stations

Shelters shall be prefabricated and are subject to MTA approval. Shelters shall be fixed to a
platform slab or a concrete slab on-grade following the manufacturer’s recommendations. The
shelters shall conform to the appropriate design codes as specified in Sections 9.2.19.2.19.2.1
and 9.2.12.19.2.12.19.2.12.1.

Platform slabs and slabs on-grade shall be designed for pedestrian live load in addition to all
possible dead loads as listed in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, and in accordance with the design codes
listed in Section 9.2.12.19.2.12.19.2.12.1. The minimum slab thickness shall be 8 inches, or as
required to resist all applicable loads. The geotechnical site conditions shall be considered in
accordance with Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

9.2.12.4 LRT Aerial Stations

To avoid the possibility of resonant vibrations induced by pedestrian traffic, the natural frequency
of the unloaded platform shall not be less than 2.0 cycles per second. To avoid vibrations that
may be objectionable to passengers, the calculated live load deflection shall be limited to the
maximum of 1 inch or deflection limits as specified in Section 9.2.3.3.

If a station is located on an aerial structure segment and the platform is supported independently
from the track, structural deflections must be analyzed to ensure that the vertical distance from
the platform surface to the LRV car floor remains compliant with ADAAG regulations. Non-
compliance may occur if the LRV is loaded to AW3 but the platform is empty, or if the LRV is
empty (AW0) and the platform is crush-loaded.

Designers may find that compliance with the above criteria necessitates the inefficient use of
certain materials, particularly where the girders are made of structural steel and the span lengths
are relatively long. For such structures, a special dynamic analysis shall be conducted to
understand the effects of the deflection. Where such a finding is made, the proposed design shall
be discussed with MTA to determine, for that particular instance, whether a lower natural
frequency and/or a higher deflection limit may be acceptable. For better control of shrinkage

Maryland Transit Administration 9-87 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

stresses and to minimize cracking in monolithically poured concrete slabs and walls in the long
linear platform structure, contraction joints must be provided at a spacing not exceeding 30 feet
or the width of the element, whichever is less. The reinforcing steel must be designed to handle
the calculated stresses.

To ensure serviceability and durability, permanent deformations under dead load, live load
deflections, and fatigue characteristics under service loadings must be investigated.

If shelters are to be provided at LRT aerial stations, the shelters shall be in accordance with
Section 9.2.12.39.2.12.39.2.12.3.

9.2.12.5 Parking Garage Facilities

Parking garages shall be designed in accordance Section 9.2.12.19.2.12.19.2.12.1 and may be


prestressed, precast, or cast-in-place concrete structures, either above or below ground. All
parking structures shall be designed for the applicable loads in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2 and in the
references in Section 9.1.29.1.29.1.2.

9.2.12.6 Stairways

Stairways shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 11, Architecture, Urban Design, and
Landscape Architecture. Stairways and their structural support systems shall be designed in
accordance with Section 9.2.12.19.2.12.19.2.12.1.

Stair nosings and treads shall require minimal maintenance and shall be in accordance with
Chapter 11 Architecture, Urban Design, and Landscape Architecture.

9.2.12.7 Emergency Stairways

Emergency stairways shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 11, Architecture, Urban
Design, and Landscape Architecture. All emergency stairways and their structural support
systems shall be designed in accordance with Section 9.2.12.19.2.12.19.2.12.1.

9.2.12.8 Access Hatch

The dead load of the access hatch shall be included in the structural design of the facility. Unless
otherwise directed by MTA, access hatches for exterior locations, such as roofs and slabs, shall
have a lift-assistance mechanism; the preferred system is a compression spring enclosed in a
telescopic tube with a hold-open arm and a grip handle release.

9.2.12.9 Ventilation Shafts

Shafts shall be designed to use the minimum number of bends and elbows and to avoid sudden
transitions in the shaft cross-section. Turning vanes may be used in order to reduce pressure
loads. Obstructions in the fan shaft passages shall be streamlined where required.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-88 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.12.10 Elevators and Escalators

Elevators and/or escalators shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 11, Architecture, Urban
Design, and Landscape Architecture. See Section 9.2.39.2.39.2.3 for structural design
requirements.

9.2.12.11 Shop Considerations

The following shop elements shall meet the requirements herein.

9.2.12.11.1 Bridge Crane

The size of the bridge crane shall be in accordance with Chapter 13, Yards & Shops.

The support system for the bridge crane shall be integrated into the building structure where
possible. If additional columns are required to support the bridge crane, the columns shall be
located so as to reduce the impact on the work space within the shop.

9.2.12.11.2 Floor Design

The floor slab supporting all equipment within the shop shall be designed with consistent
reinforcing to support the equipment loads in accordance with the requirements of Section
9.2.29.2.29.2.2. In order to accommodate future modifications to the shop, localized
reinforcement for specific machinery shall not be permitted.

Expansion joints shall be minimized within work bays near the proposed locations of the LRVs’
axles in order to accommodate rolling equipment for maintenance and repair. Additional
reinforcement shall be provided, as necessary, to compensate for larger areas between
expansion joints. The structural designer shall coordinate with the designers of the yards and
shops accordingly.

9.2.12.11.3 Work Bay Elevated Platforms

The work bay elevated platforms shall be designed as mezzanine structures for yard and shop
facilities in accordance with Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2.

The work bay elevated platforms may be permitted to be suspended from the structure, but must
be braced against horizontal sway.

The work bay elevated area shall be free of columns to support the work bay platforms. The
structural support of the work bay elevated platforms shall be designed to minimize the impact of
the structure to the work bays.

9.2.12.11.4 Apron Slabs

Apron slabs shall be provided at the entrances to all shop facilities for each track entering or
exiting the facility. The design team shall provide apron slabs a preferred length of 50 feet along

Maryland Transit Administration 9-89 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

the length of the track, but not less than the minimum length of 25 feet. If site conditions do not
permit 25-foot apron slabs, the design team shall request a design exception from MTA.

The slabs shall be reinforced concrete in accordance with Section 9.39.39.3, and shall be
designed in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2.16 using the loads and combinations,
as applicable, provided in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2 of these criteria. The minimum slab depth shall
be 12 inches.

The rails shall be constructed on a concrete sub-slab or mud slab which is embedded into the
apron slab. The sub-slab or mud slab shall be integrally connected to the apron slab using
doweled reinforcement.

Aggregate shall be placed beneath the apron slab. The minimum depth of aggregate shall be 6
inches unless otherwise specified.

9.2.12.11.5 Pits

The pits in the shop facilities shall be designed to accommodate all equipment and machinery
loads anticipated at that location. Minimum loads are provided in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2. The
design team shall obtain the machinery loads from the manufacturer and shall design for these
loads accordingly. The larger of the loading, from Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2 and the manufacturer,
shall be used for the design.

The pit floor shall be designed such that the bottom slab is reinforced uniformly throughout as a
two-way slab; no local reinforcement for specific equipment loads shall be permitted. The
minimum thickness of the bottom slab shall be 1 foot 6 inches.

The walls of the pit shall be designed to resist all loads as applicable in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2,
including ladders (as necessary), equipment, and live loads placed adjacent to the pit in the work
bay. In addition, the design team shall also include all earth pressure loads. The minimum
thickness of the pit walls shall be 1 foot 3 inches.

The dimensions of the pit opening and height shall be in accordance with Chapter 13, Yards &
Shops. Trackwork details shall be coordinated with Chapter 8, Track Alignment and Materials.

9.2.12.11.6 Utilities

To the greatest extent possible, all utilities shall be surface-mounted to structural elements. The
structural elements shall be designed to accommodate this preference where feasible.

9.2.12.11.7 Above-Grade Floor Construction

All above-grade floor construction shall consist of concrete, normal-weight or lightweight, and a
composite metal deck unless a study or specific loading requirement necessitates an alternate
type of floor system.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-90 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.12.11.8 Roof Construction

All roof construction for yard and shop facilities shall be galvanized metal roof decking unless a
study or specific loading requirement necessitates an alternate type of roof construction.

9.2.12.12 Foundations

Building foundations may be either shallow or deep. Foundation design shall be in accordance
with Chapter 6, Geotechnical, and shall consider all applicable loads and combinations in Section
9.2.29.2.29.2.2 as described in Section 9.2.12.19.2.12.19.2.12.1.

Deep concrete foundations shall be reinforced for their full lengths.

Where applicable, foundation design shall include a scour analysis performed in accordance with
Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities.

9.2.12.13 Miscellaneous Considerations

The following building elements shall also be considered.

9.2.12.13.1 Field Fabrication

Field fabrication of connections, facades and structural components of building structures shall
be minimized as much as reasonably possible in order to reduce field fabrication errors.

9.2.12.13.2 MEP Coordination

The structural engineer shall coordinate with the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing (MEP)
engineer(s) in order to ensure that tie-ins for all systems are considered in the structural design.

9.2.12.13.3 Canopies

Canopies for buildings shall be designed to withstand the applicable wind and snow loads per
IBC. The loads from building canopies shall be determined by the manufacturer of the canopy
system and shall be provided to the structural engineer to incorporate into the design.

9.2.12.13.4 Mezzanines

Mezzanines, except for work bay elevated platforms in shop facilities, shall be allowed only per
MTA approval and shall be designed in accordance with these design criteria.

9.2.12.13.5 Fall Protection

At any location where fall protection is required by OSHA, all point loads due to impact shall be
considered per OSHA guidelines. See OSHA’s standards for further information.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-91 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.12.13.6 Catenary Supports

The design team of the catenary system shall provide all loads and reactions, including mounting
requirements, to the structural designer. The structural designer shall incorporate these loads
and reactions, in combination with the loads required in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, into the design
of all buildings, as applicable.

See Chapter 13, Yards & Shops, for additional information and catenary termination
requirements.

9.2.12.13.7 Photovoltaic (PV) Panels

When PV panels are provided or are to be considered for future installation, the structural system
shall be designed for the loads induced by these panels. See Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2 for
additional guidance.

9.2.12.13.8 Shrinkage and Temperature Crack Control

Temperature and shrinkage reinforcement for above-ground concrete structures shall be


designed as per the requirements of ACI 318, Articles 7.12, 10.5, and 14.3.

For concrete walls, slabs and footings less than 48 inches thick and resting directly against earth,
minimum temperature and shrinkage reinforcement shall be 0.15% of the gross concrete area.
For members larger than 48 inches thick, the temperature and shrinkage reinforcement
requirements shall be in accordance with the crack control measures as recommended by ACI
318. For crack control, the maximum bar spacing shall be 18 inches on-center.

To control shrinkage stresses and minimize cracking in all concrete slabs and walls, a unit length
of 30 feet or less between contraction joints shall be preferred. For units longer than 30 feet
between contraction joints, the construction procedures and requirements for temperature and
shrinkage reinforcement shall be in accordance with the crack control measures as recommended
by ACI 318.

9.2.12.14 Façade Elements

All façade elements shall be designed for minimal maintenance over the course of the design life.

 Glazing – Glazing shall be designed to withstand all horizontal and vertical loads applied
to it. The connection of the glazing to the structure shall be designed to require minimal
maintenance.
 Curtain Walls – Curtain wall systems shall be designed to resist all horizontal and vertical
loads to which they are subjected, including the horizontal and/or shear forces due to
hanging or attaching the system to the structure, and due to the anticipated expansion of
the system.
Curtain walls shall create a watertight and airtight building envelope.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-92 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Cladding and Veneer – All cladding materials shall be fixed to the structural envelope of
the building using dovetail-type stainless steel connections.
 Masonry Veneer Base – Masonry veneer shall be placed on a shelf angle or a foundation
ledge that is lower than the base of the steel stud wall by at least 4 inches. The width of
the shelf angle or foundation ledge shall be at least two-thirds of the veneer thickness
plus the minimum air space, and shall include the width of the masonry veneer and the
cavity. The thickness of the angle or ledge shall be at least ½ inch. The steel shelf angle
shall be hot-dip galvanized structural steel and should be in segments approximately 10
feet long with gaps for thermal expansion and contraction between segments. The
deflection at the end of the horizontal leg shall be limited to 1/16 inch.

9.2.12.15 Underground Stations

Except for mined tunnel linings and shafts (addressed in Chapter 10, Bored Tunnels, Mined
Tunnels and Ancillary Structures, and Shafts), underground stations shall consist of an excavation
support wall, a bracing system, and a decking system. The decking system shall be designed in
accordance with Section 9.2.59.2.59.2.5.

 Excavation Support Walls – Refer to Section 9.2.6, Section 9.2.139.2.139.2.13, and


Chapter 6, Geotechnical, for information.
 Bracing System – Refer to Section 9.2.6 and Chapter 6, Geotechnical, for information.
Where there is a portion of a continuous box structure without restraint on one side, such as at
entrances from at-grade track to underground stations, a horizontal sway shall be assumed and
the horizontal slabs shall be investigated for their capacity to transfer load by diaphragm from the
portion of the structure with unbalanced load to the restrained end of the structure. The capacity
of the soil at the ends of the structure shall also be investigated to determine whether it provides
sufficient passive resistance to sustain the loads being transferred thereto.

9.2.13 Drainage Systems

9.2.13.1 Fixed Rail Concrete Decks

For drainage purposes, the top surface of direct fixation and embedded rail concrete decks shall
have a minimum transverse and longitudinal slope of 0.5%. Deck drains shall collect water and
pipe down to an external discharge system or into a positive drainage system. Deck drainage for
direct fixation track systems shall be designed so that the water conveyed along the deck is a
maximum of 2 inches below the top of the plinth at the prescribed design storm.

For embedded rail track systems, the runoff crossing the deck will be interrupted by the rails and
end up traveling longitudinally along the deck in the rail trough. A drainage system needs to be
developed to periodically capture this runoff along the rails.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-93 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

For waterproofing purposes, the concrete bridge deck slab shall be protected with a linseed oil
protective coating in conformance with 902.12 of MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for
Construction and Materials.

For information regarding corrosion control requirements, refer to Chapter 14, Corrosion Control.

For information regarding the need for scuppers on the bridge deck, refer to Chapter 7, Civil,
Traffic, and Utilities. Scupper design shall accommodate all applicable forces and shall be
designed in accordance with AASHTO LRFD or AASHTO, as applicable, per Section
9.2.19.2.19.2.1.

9.2.13.2 Ballasted Decks

For drainage purposes, the top surface of waterproofing protection shall have a transverse slope
of 1 inch per foot with a crown under the centerline of each track. An underlayment with a
minimum thickness of 3½ inches of Portland cement concrete with welded wire fabric shall be
used to provide the required slope on precast concrete decks. Underlayments shall be in
accordance with the requirements of AREMA Chapter 8, Section 29.

The top surface of waterproofing protection shall have a minimum longitudinal slope of 0.5%. For
precast concrete decks and steel or concrete decks that are level or slope less than 0.5%, an
underlayment with a minimum thickness of 3½ inches of Portland cement concrete with welded
wire fabric shall be used to provide the required longitudinal slope.

For waterproofing purposes, longitudinal half-round deck drains and pans shall be used between
tracks and at ballast retainers or concrete-encased communication ducts to collect discharge.
Deck drains and bottom pans shall be 12 gauge, galvanized, and bituminous-coated.

All ballasted bridge decks shall be waterproofed using membrane waterproofing. Waterproofing
or dampproofing shall be applied to the entire surface of deck and inside faces of parapets or
curbs. Materials and construction shall be in accordance with AREMA Chapter 8, Section 29,
plus the following requirements.

 Use 3/32-inch thick butyl rubber membrane waterproofing conforming to the requirements
of AREMA Chapter 8, Section 29.9.5, on the entire deck and ballast retainers.
 No. 3 tongue-and-groove splices, as shown in AREMA Chapter 8, Figure 8-29-3, shall be
used for splicing the butyl rubber membrane.
 Two layers of asphaltic panels, conforming to AREMA Chapter 8, Section 29.10.3, with a
total thickness not less than 1 inch, placed with staggered joints, and set in a compatible
adhesive, shall be used to protect the butyl rubber membrane on deck and ballast
retainers. Ballast shall be placed as soon as practicable following placement of the
panels to prevent distortion from sunlight. Edges and protrusions of panels are to be
coated in accordance with AREMA Chapter 8, Section 29.14.4.4.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-94 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.13.3 Platform Drainage

The cross slope of passenger platforms shall comply with ADA requirements and shall not exceed
2%. The design team shall consider construction tolerances in the development of the cross
slope for passenger platforms. Side platforms shall slope away from the track, allowing water to
run off the platform and onto other surfaces.

The longitudinal platform grade shall match the adjacent track grade. The desirable track grade
at a surface station passenger platform is between 0.35% and 1.75%. Refer to Chapter 8, Track
Alignment and Materials.

9.2.13.4 Station Drainage

The cross slopes provided to facilitate proper drainage of all station components subject to
stormwater runoff shall comply with all ADA requirements, with consideration of construction
tolerances.

For situations where down-ramps or stairways end near a below-grade entranceway, drains shall
be installed in front of the entranceway doors.

All drainage cavities shall have clean-out provisions.

9.2.13.5 Drainage Structures

Drainage structures shall be designed in accordance with Sections 9.2.19.2.19.2.1 for all
applicable loads as described in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2.

When feasible, precast drainage structures shall be considered. See Section


9.2.5.29.2.5.29.2.5.2 for design requirements and Section 9.39.39.3 for material requirements.

The designer shall coordinate with the hydraulics engineer to determine the required size of the
drainage structure, as determined in accordance with Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities.

9.2.14 Support of Excavation Structures

Contract drawings and specifications shall cover traffic diversions, mandatory restrictions, and
necessary construction staging approved by public authorities and utility companies as applicable.
Accepted locations for construction access ramps, or any other construction facility that affects
the work, shall also be indicated.

Detailed design for the temporary decking, sheeting, and bracing shall be prepared by the
contractor based upon criteria and design standards included in the contract drawings and
specifications.

The contractor’s design of support of excavation structures shall be prepared, checked, and
certified by a structural engineer registered in the state of Maryland. The contractor’s design shall

Maryland Transit Administration 9-95 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

then be submitted to the design team for review and acceptance by a structural engineer
registered in the state of Maryland.

All temporary work and excavations in the vicinity of non MTA-owned property, including other
railroad tracks and buildings, shall be designed in accordance with the owner’s specifications.
See Section 9.1.39.1.39.1.3 for further guidance when working within property belonging to an
owner other than MTA.

If traffic with a barrier is present within 6 feet of the near face of a temporary wall, or if a traffic
barrier, temporary or permanent, is within 4 feet of the near face of a temporary wall, the traffic
barrier shall have a positive connection to the wall. Additionally, the wall shall be designed for
the TL-2 criteria as specified in AASHTO LRFD Article 13.7.2 unless otherwise directed by MTA.

MTA and/or other applicable jurisdictions shall decide on a case-by-case basis whether temporary
structures shall remain in place. If desired by the local jurisdiction, all materials for both above
and below ground temporary structures shall be removed.

Where sheeting is to be left in place, the design team shall coordinate with all utility providers in
the area. Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and Utilities, shall be referenced for further information. Within
MTA ROW, all sheeting that is to be left in place shall be cut-off a minimum of 1 foot below the
subballast unless otherwise directed by MTA. Where subballast is not used, the sheeting which
is to remain shall be cut off a minimum of 1 foot below finished grade unless otherwise directed
by MTA.

The following methods of underpinning may be considered:

 Jacked-down piles.
 Slant-drilled piles.
 Mini-piles.
 Augured shafts.
 Hand-mined shafts.
 Jet grouting.
 Helical screw anchors.
Rigid protection wall support systems that may be considered include:

 Diaphragm (SPTC) walls.


 Contiguous pile (tangent or secant) walls.
 Closely spaced soldier pile walls.
 Jet grouting.
Refer to Chapter 6, Geotechnical, for other allowable methods to control ground movement and
to minimize settlements.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-96 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

For additional information regarding the excavation of underground stations, refer to Section
9.2.12.159.2.12.159.2.12.15; Chapter 10, Bored Tunnels, Mined Tunnels and Ancillary
Structures, and Shafts; and Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

9.2.15 Modifications to Existing Structures

9.2.15.1 Inspection and Analysis

Existing structures intended for use as part of the proposed LRT system shall be inspected,
analyzed, and rehabilitated or modified in accordance with the provisions stipulated by these
design criteria and all applicable codes as referenced in Section 9.1.29.1.29.1.2. With the
exception of piles, all modifications shall include structural materials that are noncombustible.

Any existing buildings, bridges, or other miscellaneous structures shall be surveyed to verify that
they are adequate to support the intended function. Prior to initiating final design for each existing
structure, an in-depth inspection to the extent allowed by the Owner shall be performed to
determine the condition and geometry of the structure.

In general, inspections should follow the guidelines presented in MTA’s Facilities Inspection
Manual, FHWA’s National Bridge Inspection Standards, and AASHTO’s Manual for Bridge
Evaluation, as applicable. Inspections shall include the following:

 Establish the material properties of the primary structural elements. Laboratory testing
techniques shall be used as necessary.
 Assess the condition of the load-carrying members and identify any structural
deficiencies.
 Determine the foundation system of the structure using as-built drawings, exploratory test
pits, or any other generally accepted methods of making a reliable determination.
 Evaluate the hydraulic requirements of any waterway crossings and inspect the existing
foundations for scour.
 Survey for any hazardous material and document the findings.
The actual condition of the structural elements as determined from the in-depth inspections shall
be used to calculate the load-carrying capacity of the existing structures. The results of this
structural analysis shall be used in conjunction with information gathered during the in-depth
inspections to determine the feasibility of using the existing structure for LRT operations.

Structures that are possible candidates for rehabilitation shall be modified and retrofitted in
accordance with these criteria utilizing the same standards and design methods that would apply
to new structures as described within these design criteria. A candidate structure must be able
to support all loads and forces as described in Section 9.2.29.2.29.2.2, and all proposed materials
must meet the requirements as described within these design criteria.

Standards for the inspection and evaluation of existing building structures include ACI 562-12,
Code Requirements for Evaluation, Repair, and Rehabilitation of Concrete Buildings (ACI 562)

Maryland Transit Administration 9-97 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

and Commentary, and Appendix 5 of AISC’s Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. If a
structure cannot be brought to compliance with current codes because of conflicting legal
requirements, e.g. historic designation, the provisions of the International Existing Building Code
(IEBC) shall be applied.

9.2.15.2 Overhead Catenary System (OCS) Attachments to Existing Structures

Where OCS attachments or foundations are required at existing structures along the LRT
alignment, the attachments shall be coordinated with the appropriate governing authorities,
owners, and stakeholders of the structures.

A structural analysis shall be completed at each location where an attachment or foundation is


required to verify that the OCS attachment and foundation are secure and safe. Grounding
provisions at each location shall be added or confirmed to ensure that the supporting structure is
effectively grounded. Unless clearance limitations or the along-track length of the structure
requires an attachment, no attachments shall be made to underpass structures.

Except where the structure’s span is greater than the allowable OCS span, foundations for OCS
shall not be located on overpass structures or decks. Existing traffic, lighting, and power poles
may not be used to support OCS elements. New support poles are preferred for making
attachments rather than using existing buildings, but in some locations attachments to existing
buildings may be required due to clearance restrictions. Where connections must be made to
existing buildings, the integrity of the building to support the attachment must be verified.

For guidelines regarding stray current corrosion control for existing structures, reference Chapter
14, Corrosion Control.

9.2.16 Inspection Access

9.2.16.1 Buildings

Buildings shall be inspected in accordance with MTA’s manual, Inspection of MTA Buildings.

Consideration shall be given to future inspections during the design of buildings included within
the scope of the proposed LRT project. In particular, access into interior partitions and behind
exterior cladding shall be considered and provided where practical.

9.2.16.2 Bridges and Transportation Structures

Bridges and related transportation structures shall be inspected in accordance with MTA’s
Inspection Manual, the National Bridge Inspection Standards published by FHWA, and AASHTO’s
Manual for Bridge Evaluation, as applicable.

All bridge superstructures, joints, and bearings shall be made accessible for long-term inspection
and shall be designed and detailed for ease of replacement. Superstructures consisting of I-
girders with exposed cross frames shall be made accessible with walkways, ladders, or by use of
a snooper. In the design of the bridge, the design team shall consider catenary poles and other

Maryland Transit Administration 9-98 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

obstructions that may be on the structure, as well as traffic, environmentally sensitive areas, and
streams that may restrict access to the bridge for inspectors.

Box girders with an inside depth of 5 feet or more shall be made accessible for interior inspection.
An access opening shall be provided at each end of the bridge and in each span. Maximum
access opening spacing shall be 250 feet. Access openings shall not be located directly over
traffic lanes, railroads, or waterways. Access opening doors shall have latches both inside and
outside and shall swing into the box girder. Access openings shall be located midway between
stems and shall be located no closer than 4 feet to a column or bent to facilitate the removal of
form lumber. Locate access openings at least 8 feet off the ground to prevent or deter
unauthorized entry into the box. Fall protection shall be provided inside the box around each
access opening. Box girders shall be protected from access by vermin. The interior of all box
girder bridges shall be lit, and electrical receptacles, at a maximum spacing of 50 feet, shall be
provided inside for use by bridge inspection personnel. See Chapter 12, Mechanical, Electrical,
and Plumbing, for additional information.

9.2.17 Emergency Guardrail

Emergency guardrail shall be used to restrain the lateral movement of a derailed LRV, where the
consequences of a derailment could be particularly catastrophic. Refer to Chapter 8, Track
Alignment and Materials, for locations requiring emergency guardrail and guardrail design.

9.2.18 Seismic Design

9.2.18.1 Introduction

The seismic design criteria for structures of MTA LRT projects are established in this section.
These criteria apply to viaduct structures/bridges, cut-and-cover tunnels and stations, bored and
sequential excavation method (SEM) tunnels, retaining walls, U-section structures, surface
buildings, miscellaneous permanent structures, and nonstructural components and equipment.

This section has been written to address the general seismic design conditions that apply to the
project. Where there are cases of special designs encountered that are not specifically covered
in this section, the design team shall determine the proper technical source and develop the
proper procedure for the design.

Designers should consult the various specific sections for general seismic criteria. This section,
however, does present specific seismic design criteria for underground structures.

9.2.18.1.1 Design Policies and Objectives

From the seismic design standpoint, MTA LRT project structures are broadly divided into three
categories: underground structures, bridges, and surface buildings. A two-level earthquake
hazard design approach has been adopted for underground structures and the design procedures
and requirements are specified in this section.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-99 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

The two earthquake hazard levels adopted for the underground structures are the Operating
Design Earthquake and the Maximum Design Earthquake.

The Operating Design Earthquake (ODE) is defined as an earthquake event that has a return
period of 500 years. There shall be no interruption in rail service during or after the ODE. When
subjected to the ODE, the structure shall be designed to respond essentially in an elastic manner.
There shall be no collapse and no damage to primary structural elements. Only minimal damage
to secondary structural elements is permitted, and such damage shall be minor and easily
repairable. The structure shall remain fully operational immediately after the earthquake, allowing
a few hours for inspection.

The Maximum Design Earthquake (MDE) is defined as an earthquake event that has a return
period of 2,500 years. Such an event has a small probability of exceedance during the design
service life of the facility. Following the MDE, some interruption in rail service is permitted. When
subjected to the MDE, it is acceptable that the structures behave in an inelastic manner without
collapse, and that structural damage is limited to elements that are easily accessible and can be
readily repaired. The structure should be designed with adequate strength and ductility to survive
loads and deformations imposed on the structure during the MDE, thereby preventing structure
collapse and maintaining life safety.

Seismic design of surface building structures and/or non-building surface structures/facilities that
will be used to house the railroad system components shall meet the requirements of the current
IBC (International Building Code) and Maryland Building Performance Standards (MBPS). All
buildings and permanent non-building surface structures shall be designed with a seismic
importance factor of 1.50 (per ASCE-07), unless otherwise approved by MTA.

Nonstructural components (including architectural components) and their attachments, and the
attachments for permanent equipment (including mechanical/electrical and fire protection
systems) supported by a structure, shall be designed in accordance with the procedure outlined
in ASCE-07.

Seismic design of bridges/elevated viaducts shall meet the requirements of current AASHTO
LRFD Bridge Design Specifications and the relevant portions of the AREMA Manual.

9.2.18.1.2 Codes and Standards

Unless otherwise noted in this section, the relevant portions of the latest edition of the code or
standard that is in effect at the time the design is initiated shall apply. If a new edition, interim
specification, or amendment is issued before the design is completed, the design shall be
reviewed with respect to the new requirements and any nonconforming aspects of the design
shall be brought to the attention of MTA.

9.2.18.2 Design Response Spectra for Underground Structures

Horizontal acceleration design response spectra (for 5% damping) for seismic design of the
underground structures representing MDE and ODE shall be derived based on the ground motion
parameters (for Site Class B, Soft Rock) established by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)
Maryland Transit Administration 9-100 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

seismic hazard maps. The procedures included in AASHTO LRFD shall be used to establish a
design response spectrum based on the USGS parameters. To develop design response
spectrum for various site classes other than Site Class B, site factors included in AASHTO LRFD
or IBC shall be used. Site class definitions are presented in Table 9.7Table 9.7Table 9.7.

The earthquake magnitudes for MDE and ODE shall be established based on the USGS
deaggregation data.

Table 9.7 – Site Class Definition


Mean Shear Wave Undrained Shear Penetration
Site
Description Velocity Strength Resistance
Class
Cs (ft/sec) Su (ksf) N Value
A (Rock) Hard Rock Cs  5,000 - -
Soft to Firm
B (Rock) 5,000  Cs  2,500 - -
Rock
Very Dense
C (Soil) Soil to Soft 2,500  Cs  1,200 Su  2.0  50
Rock
D (Soil) Stiff Soils 1,200  Cs  600 1.0  Su  2.0 15 to 50
600 > Cs
E (Soil) Soft Soils 1.0 > Su < 15
(see Note 1)
Special
F (Soil) Investigation (see Note 2)
Soils
Note 1: Soil Site Class E could also be any profile with more than 10 feet of soft clay
defined as having Plasticity Index PI > 20, water content Wn > 40%, and undrained
shear strength less than 0.5 ksf.
Note 2: Special Investigation Soils include the following: collapsible, liquefiable,
sensitive soils; more than 10 feet of peat or highly organic soils; more than 25 feet of
very high plasticity soils with PI > 75%; very thick (more than 120 feet) soft/medium
clays.
The site classes shall be established by the Geotechnical Engineer in technical memoranda using
one or more of the following three methods:

 Cs Method – Mean shear wave velocity (Cs) for the top 100 feet.
 N Method – Mean standard penetration testing blow count (N) for the top 100 feet.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-101 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Su Method – Mean undrained shear strength, Su, for cohesive soil layers (PI > 20) in the
top 100 feet, and Nch for cohessionless soil layers (PI < 20) in the top 100 feet. If the Su
and Nch criteria differ, select the softer site class (e.g., use Site Class E instead of D).
Site class parameters Cs, N, Nch, and Su shall be determined in the upper 100 feet of the site soil.
Profiles containing distinctly different soil layers shall be subdivided into those layers designated
by a number that ranges from 1 to n in the upper 100 feet. Cs, N, Nch and Su are as follows:

Cs = (i=1:n) di / (i=1:n) (di /Csi ) (Equation 9-9)

Where: di = Thickness of any layer, i, between 0 and 100 feet.


Csi = Shear wave velocity of layer i.
(i=1:n) di = 100 feet.
N = (i=1:n) di / (i=1:n) (di /Ni ) (Equation 9-10)

Where: di = Thickness of any layer, i, between 0 and 100 feet.


Ni = Standard Penetration Resistance (ASTM D1586-84), not to exceed 100
blows/foot as directly measured in the field without corrections.
(i=1:n) di = 100 feet.
Su = dc / (i=1:k) (di /Sui ) (Equation 9-11)

Nch = ds / (i=1:m) (di /Ni ) (Equation 9-12)

Where: Sui = undrained shear strength, not to exceed 5 ksf.


di = thickness of layer i.
dc = (i=1:k) di = Total thickness (100-ds) of cohesive soil layers in the top 100 feet.
ds = (i=1:m) di = Total thickness (100-dc) of cohesionless soil layers in the top 100
feet.

9.2.18.3 Underground Structures

The general procedure for seismic design of underground structures shall be based primarily on
the ground deformation approach specified herein. During earthquakes, underground structures
move together with the surrounding geologic media. The structures, therefore, shall be designed
to accommodate the deformations imposed by the ground. The analysis of the structure response
can be conducted first by ignoring the stiffness of the structure, leading to a conservative estimate
of the ground deformations. This simplified procedure is generally applicable for structures
embedded in rock or stiff/dense soil. In cases where the structure is stiff relative to the
surrounding soil, the effects of soil-structure interaction shall be taken into consideration.

Underground tunnel structures undergo three primary modes of deformation during seismic
shaking: ovaling/racking, axial, and curvature deformations. The ovaling/racking deformation is
caused primarily by seismic waves propagating perpendicular to the tunnel longitudinal axis.
Vertically propagating shear waves are generally considered the most critical type of waves for

Maryland Transit Administration 9-102 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

this mode of deformation. The axial and curvature deformations are induced by components of
seismic waves that propagate along the longitudinal axis. The axial and curvature deformations
are included by components of seismic waves that propagate along the tunnel axis. The effects
of axial and curvature deformations in general are not of concern when the tunnel is embedded
in rock or competent soils (particularly in low to moderately seismic areas).

9.2.18.3.1 Bored Circular Tunnels

Bored circular tunnels include rock, soil, and mixed-face tunnel sections, using either precast
concrete segmental lining or cast-in-place concrete lining. Design details for the seismic design
of reinforced concrete tunnel lining shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI-318.

9.2.18.3.1.1 Bored Circular Tunnels in Rock


The seismically induced change in tunnel diameter can be estimated based on free-field ground
strains due to seismic shaking. The free-field ground strains caused by the propagating shear
waves of the design earthquakes can be estimated using the following formula:

max = Vs /Cse (Equation 9-13)

Where: max = Maximum free-field shear strain at the elevation of the tunnel.

Vs = Design peak ground velocity.

Cse = Effective shear wave velocity of the soil/rock media surrounding


the tunnel.

The effective shear wave velocity of the propagating shear wave, Cse, shall be compatible with
the level of the shear strain that may develop in the ground at the elevation of the tunnel under
the design earthquake shaking. For rock, the ratio Cse/Cs can be assumed equal to 1.0, where Cs
is the low-strain shear wave velocity.

Using these free-field ground strains and by ignoring the stiffness of the tunnel, the diameter
change of the tunnel, DEQ, can be estimated as follows:

DEQ =  2max (1-m)D (Equation 9-14)

Where: m = Poisson’s ratio of the surrounding ground.

D = Diameter of the tunnel.

The resulting bending moment induced maximum fiber strain,  m , and the hoop force (i.e., thrust)
induced strain,  T , in the permanent lining can be derived as follows:

Em R
 T  K 2 max 
2(1   m ) Ec t (Equation 9-15)

Maryland Transit Administration 9-103 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

1 t Em R2
 m   K1 max 
6 2 1   m Ec I c (Equation 9-16)

Where: K1 = Seismic ovaling coefficient

12(1   m )
=
2 F  5  6 m

K2 = Lining thrust response coefficient

F[(1  2 m )  (1  2 m )C ]  0.5C (1  2 m ) 2  2
1
=
F[(3  2 m )  (1  2 m )C ]  C (2.5  8 m  6 m2 )  6  8 m

Em (1  c2 ) R 3
F
6 Ec I c (1   m )

Em (1  c2 ) R
C
Ect (1  m )(1  2 m )

Em = Strain-compatible elastic modulus of the surrounding ground.

Ec = Elastic modulus of the concrete lining.

R = Nominal radius of the concrete lining.

Ic = Moment of inertia of the concrete lining (per unit width).

 c = Poisson’s ratio of the concrete lining.

 m = Poisson’s ratio of the surrounding ground.

The maximum thrust Tmax per unit width and bending moment Mmax per unit width can be computed
as follows:

Em
Tmax  K 2 max R
2(1  m ) (Equation 9-17)

1 Em
Mmax  K1max R2
6 1  m (Equation 9-18)

9.2.18.3.1.2 Bored Circular Tunnels in Soil


For tunnels constructed in soils, the maximum free-field ground shear strains shall be developed
based on in-situ shear wave velocity of the soils encountered at the tunnel elevations. The shear
wave velocity or the shear modulus values shall be reduced in the analysis to account for the
Maryland Transit Administration 9-104 SeptemberJuly 20143
MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

strain-level-dependent soil softening effects during the earthquake excitations. In addition, due
to the lower stiffness of soils (compared to that of the rock), the effect of soil-structure interaction
may be an important factor, and, therefore, shall be considered in the tunnel lining evaluation. In
the absence of measured data, shear wave velocity estimated based on empirical correlation with
SPT data or laboratory measured undrained shear strength (for cohesive soils) may be used for
preliminary assessment.

The general procedure to account for the soil-structure interaction effect and to develop the
ground deformations is presented below:

1. Estimate the expected free-field ground strains caused by the vertically propagating shear
waves of the design earthquakes, for both MDE and ODE. The free-field ground strains
can be estimated by: (1) using the formula presented in previous section based on PGV;
(2) using a site-specific site response analysis (e.g., PROSHAKE); or (3) using empirical
solutions to approximate the shear strains in the ground at the tunnel elevation. Method
(3) is presented below:
max =max / Gm (Equation 9-19)

Where: max = Maximum earthquake-induced shear stress = (PGA / g) v Rd.

Gm = Effective strain-compatible shear modulus of ground surrounding


tunnel.

 v = Total vertical soil overburden pressure at tunnel invert elevation.

Rd = Depth dependent stress reduction factor.

= 1.0 – 0.00233 z for z < 30 feet

= 1.174 – 0.00814 z for 30 ft < z < 75 feet

= 0.744 – 0.00244 z for 75 ft < z < 100 feet

= 0.5 for z > 100 feet

z = Depth from ground surface to tunnel invert elevation in feet.

2. By ignoring the stiffness of the tunnel, estimate the diameter change of the tunnel as
follows:
∆DEQ = ± 2 max (1 – m) D (Equation 9-20)

Where: m = Poisson’s ratio of the surrounding ground.

3. When the structure is stiff relative to the surrounding soil, the effects of soil-structure
interaction shall be taken into consideration. The stiffness of the tunnel relative to the
surrounding ground is quantified by the flexibility ratio, F, and compressibility ratio, C,

Maryland Transit Administration 9-105 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

which are measures of the flexural stiffness (resistance to ovaling) and ring compression
or extension stiffness, respectively, defined as follows:

Em (1  c2 ) R 3
F (Equation 9-21)
6Ec I c (1   m )

Em (1  c2 ) R
C
Ect (1  m )(1  2 m ) (Equation 9-22)

Where: Em = Strain-compatible elastic modulus of the surrounding ground.

Ec = Elastic modulus of the concrete lining.

R = Nominal radius of the concrete lining.

Ic = Moment of inertia of the concrete lining (per unit width).

 c = Poisson’s ratio of the concrete lining.

 m = Poisson’s ratio of the surrounding ground.

t = Thickness of the concrete lining.

The strain compatible elastic modulus of the surrounding ground Em were derived using
the strain compatible shear modulus Gm corresponding to the effective shear wave
propagating velocity Cse. The ratio of strain-compatible shear modulus to small strain
modulus (Gm/Go) or the ratio of strain-compatible shear wave velocity to small strain shear
wave velocity (Cse/Cs) can be evaluated either by running a site-specific site-response
analysis or using correlations based on PGA and seismic site class (e.g., ASCE/SIE 7,
2010)

4. The tunnel diameter change, DEQ, accounting for the soil-structure interaction effects can
be estimated using the following equation:
∆DEQ = ± (1/3) (K1 F max D) (Equation 9-23)

Where: K1 = Seismic ovaling coefficient.

12 (1   m )
=
2 F  5  6 m

Em (1  c2 ) R 3
F
6 Ec I c (1   m )

Maryland Transit Administration 9-106 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.18.3.1.3 Bored Circular Tunnels in Mixed-Face Ground


For preliminary engineering level assessment, the maximum ground strains corresponding to the
soil/rock boundary, along with the weighted average of the strain-compatible modulus values
representative of the ground profile within the tunnel limits can be used to analyze the
ovaling/racking deformations for the bored circular tunnel in mixed-face ground. The procedure
described in previous sections can be followed. A structural model capable of simulating soil-
structure interaction shall be used during subsequent design states to evaluate tunnel sections
within mixed-face ground conditions.

The seismic ovaling deformation shall be combined with deformations resulting from non-seismic
loads. For the ODE-level design, the lining shall be designed to respond essentially in an elastic
manner with no ductility demand. The material strains of the lining shall be checked not to exceed
0.001 for concrete and 0.002 for steel. For the MDE-level design, inelastic deformations shall be
permitted. The material strains of the lining shall be checked not to exceed 0.002 for concrete
and 0.006 for steel. For the MDE-level design, the concrete strain may be allowed to exceed
0.002 but not to exceed 0.004 if the strain is caused predominantly by flexural.

The lining shall also be designed to satisfy the strength requirements for the ODE-level design.
The internal forces, EQ, associated with the seismic ovaling deformation DEQ shall be derived
by elastic analysis using the effective Ic value. The loading combination shall be as follows:

Group Load = 1.0 [DL + LL+ B + E +EQ] (Equation 9-24)

Where: DL = Dead load.

LL = Live load.

B = Hydrostatic pressure and buoyancy.

E = Static soil/rock pressure on lining.

EQ = Elastic seismic force due to seismic ovaling deformation, DEQ.

9.2.18.3.1.4 Axial and Curvature Deformations


The tunnel lining shall be designed to accommodate seismic strains caused by axial and curvature
deformations of the ground. The strains due to combined axial and curvature deformations can
be estimated by combining the longitudinal strains generated by axial and bending strains as
follows:

EQ =  (Vs /Cs,H)sin cos + [rAs /(Cs,H)2]cos3  (Equation 9-25)

Where: Vs = design peak ground velocity

As = Design peak ground acceleration.

Cs,H = Horizontally traveling shear wave velocity.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-107 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

r = Radius of the tunnel lining.

 = Angle of wave propagation with respect to the tunnel axis.

The horizontally traveling shear wave velocity, Cs,H, corresponds to the seismic shear wave
propagation through the deeper rocks rather than to that of the shallower soils where the tunnel
may be located. In general, this velocity value varies from about 2 to 4 km/sec. Cs,H shall be
established by the geotechnical engineer in technical memoranda. The angle of wave
propagation, , should be the value that maximizes the combined axial strains.

For the ODE-level design, the longitudinal strains, EQ, due to the axial and curvature deformations
shall be checked not to exceed 0.001 for concrete and 0.002 for steel. For the MDE-level design,
the allowable material strains are 0.002 for concrete and 0.006 for steel.

9.2.18.3.2 Reinforced Concrete Box Structures

Reinforced concrete box (rectangular) structures include cut-and-cover structures and


underground stations that behave in a similar manner to a rectangular structure during earthquake
shaking. Design details for the seismic design of the reinforced concrete box structures shall be
in accordance with the provisions of the ACI-318.

Seismic design of the transverse cross-section of a reinforced concrete box structure shall
consider two loading components: the racking deformations due to the vertically propagating
shear waves, which are similar to the ovaling deformations of a circular tunnel lining, and inertia
forces due to vertical seismic motions.

9.2.18.3.2.1 Loads due to Racking Deformations, Qh


Racking deformations are defined as the differential sideways movements between the top and
bottom elevations of box structures, indicated as “s.” The internal forces, Qh, associated with
the seismic racking deformation, s, shall be derived by imposing the differential deformation on
the structure in an elastic frame analysis. The procedure for determining s, for both MDE and
ODE-level design, and with the consideration of soil-structure interaction, is as follows:

1. Estimate the free-field ground strains, max, (at the structure elevation) caused by the
vertically propagating shear waves of the design earthquakes (see methodology
presented for Bore & Circular Tunnels in Soils in previous sections). Determine free-field,
the differential free-field relative displacements corresponding to the top and bottom
elevations of the box structure by
free-field = h max (Equation 9-26)

Where: h = Height of the box structure.


2. Determine the racking stiffness, Ks, of the proposed design of the box structure from a
structural frame analysis. The racking stiffness shall be computed using the displacement
of the roof subjected to a unit lateral force applied at the roof level, while the base of the
structure is restrained against translation, but with the joints free to rotate. The ratio of the

Maryland Transit Administration 9-108 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

applied force to the resulting lateral displacement yields Ks. In performing the structural
frame analysis, appropriate moment of inertia values, taking into account the potential
development of cracked section, shall be used.
3. Determine the flexibility ratio, Frec, of the proposed design of the structure using the
following equation:
Frec = (Gm / Ks) (w/h) (Equation 9-27)

Where: w = Width of the box structure.


Gm = Average strain-compatible shear modulus of the soil/rock layer
between the top and bottom elevation of the structure. The strain
compatible shear modulus shall be derived from the strain-compatible,
effective shear wave velocity, Cse. Gm shall be established by the
geotechnical engineer in technical memoranda.

4. Based on the flexibility ratio obtained from Step c above; determine the racking ratio, Rrec,
for the proposed structure:

4(1   m )
Rrec  (Equation 9-28)
[3  4 m ) / Frec]  1

5. Determine the racking deformation of the structure, s, using the following relationship:
s = Rrec  free-field (Equation 9-29)
6. The seismic demand, in terms of internal forces as well as material strains, is calculated
by imposing s upon the structure in a frame analysis.

9.2.18.3.2.2 Loads due to Vertical Seismic Motions, Qv.


Loads due to vertical seismic motions on cut-and-cover structures are accounted for by applying
a vertical static loading equivalent to a fraction of the slab and the overburden materials (directed
up or down, whichever results in a more critical load case):

Qv = a (DL + EV) for MDE level design (Equation 9-30)

Qv = b (DL + EV) for ODE level design (Equation 9-31)

Where: DL = Dead load.

EV = Design overburden loads used in static design.

a = PGA in vertical direction for MDE.

b = PGA in vertical direction for ODE.

Coefficients “a” and “b” shall be determined based on seismic site class and as a function of PGA
in horizontal direction.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-109 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.18.3.2.3 Load Combinations.


Seismic loads due to racking deformations and vertical seismic motions shall be combined with
non-seismic loads using the following loading combinations:

Group Load = 1.0 [DL + LL+ B + E +EQ/2] for MDE level design (Equation 9-32)

Group Load = 1.0 [DL + LL+ B + E +EQ] for ODE level design (Equation 9-33)

Where: DL = Dead load.

LL = Live load.

B = Hydrostatic pressure and buoyancy.

E = Static earth pressure including vertical, horizontal effects of dry and


saturated earth, and surcharge loading.

EQ = Earthquake load.

The earthquake load, EQ, shall consider the following two cases:

EQ1 = Qh  0.3Qv (Equation 9-34)

EQ2= 0.3Qh  Qv (Equation 9-35)

In addition, the material strains of the main structural members shall be checked not to exceed
the allowable values for both MDE and ODE-level design.

9.2.18.4 Retaining Wall Structures / U-Section Structures

Retaining wall structures will be required along some portions of the alignment. For conventional
reinforced concrete retaining walls and U-Sections, seismic loads expressed in terms of dynamic
earth pressures, as outlined in AASHTO LRFD Specifications and FHWA Publication No. FHWA
HI-99-012, shall be followed. Special considerations shall be directed to the yielding/non-yielding
nature of the walls in determining the dynamic earth pressures. For retaining walls that are
allowed to accommodate some limited deformations, depending on their functioning requirements
during MDE and ODE, the dynamic earth pressures may be reduced by selecting a design seismic
coefficient lower than the peak ground acceleration value (expressed in terms of percent gravity,
g). Peak ground accelerations associated with these seismic site classes shall be used for
preliminary engineering and design of the retaining wall structures.

9.2.18.5 Bridges/Viaduct Structures

Seismic design of bridges/elevated viaducts shall meet the requirements of current AASHTO
LRFD Bridge Design Specifications and the relevant portions of the AREMA Manual.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-110 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.2.18.6 Surface Building Structures

Seismic design of surface building structures and/or non-building surface structures/facilities that
will be used to house the railroad system components shall meet the requirements of the current
IBC (International Building Code) ASCE-07, and Maryland Building Performance Standards
(MBPS).

9.2.18.7 Non-Structural Components and Equipment

Permanent nonstructural components (including architectural components) and their


attachments, and the attachments for permanent equipment (including mechanical/electrical
systems) supported by a structure shall be designed in accordance with the International Building
Code. The components shall be considered to have the same Seismic Use Group Category as
that of the structure that they occur or to which they are attached. The horizontal acceleration
response spectra corresponding to the seismic site classes for these structures established by
the Geotechnical Engineer shall be used for seismic design of the permanent nonstructural
components and their attachments.

9.2.18.8 Other Seismic Considerations

Liquefaction and liquefaction related ground instability shall be evaluated at relevant locations
along the project alignments. Empirical procedures based on CPT data or SPT blowcounts may
be used (MCEER, 1997). An initial screening study (MCEER, 1998) shall be conducted, followed
by more refined analyses and an evaluation of its impact to the proposed facility. Special attention
shall be paid to loose fill and alluvium at the project site. The effects of liquefaction on the design
of the tunnels as well as underground structures shall be thoroughly investigated. These effects
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 Loss of bearing capacity and ground settlements.


 Increased lateral pressures and buoyancy forces on underground structure walls.
If the liquefaction impact analyses yield unacceptable performance of the structures, mitigation
measures shall be incorporated into the design.

9.2.18.9 References

 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO),


Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Sixteenth Edition, 1996, with current interim
specifications.
 Applied Technology Council (ATC), ATC-32, Improved Seismic Design Criteria for
California Bridges: Provisional Recommendations, 1996.
 American Concrete Institute, ACI 358.1R-92, Analysis and Design of Reinforced
Concrete Guideway Structures, 1992.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-111 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 FHWA-SA-96-069, Manual for Design and Construction Monitoring of Soil Nail Walls,
1997.
 FHWA-SA-96-071, Mechanically Stabilized Earth Walls and Reinforced Soil Slopes –
Design and Construction Guidelines, 1996.
 Idriss, I. M. and Sun, J. I., A Computer Program for Conducting Equivalent Linear Seismic
Response Analyses of Horizontally Layered Soil Deposits, Center for Geotechnical
Modeling, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of California at
Davis, 1992.
 Wang, J., Seismic Design of Tunnels – A Simple State-of-the-Art Design Approach,
Monograph 7, 1991 William Barclay Parsons Fellowship, Parsons Brinckerhoff, 1993.
 Youd, T. L., Screening Guide for Rapid Assessment of Liquefaction Hazard to Highway
Bridges, MCEER-98-0005, MCEER, 1998.
 Youd, T. L., and Idriss, I. M., Proceedings of the NCEER Workshop on Evaluation of
Liquefaction Resistance of Soils, NCEER-97-0022, NCEER, 1997.

9.3 Equipment and Material Requirements

All materials required for building applications which are not listed below shall conform to the IBC
and the applicable specifications and codes referenced in Section 9.1.29.1.29.1.2.

All materials required for bridge applications which are not listed below shall conform to Section
900 of MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials, as well as the applicable
specifications and codes referenced in Section 9.1.29.1.29.1.2.

Designers shall consider utilizing recycled materials as described in Chapter 11, Architecture,
Urban Design, and Landscape Architecture.

9.3.1 Cements

The following requirements shall apply to the use of Portland cement.

 Type I Portland cement shall ordinarily be specified.


 Type II Portland cement shall be specified for concrete construction where soils or
groundwater conditions require moderate sulfate resistance and moderate heat of
hydration, or where required by a geotechnical or corrosion engineer.
 Type III Portland cement may be specified for concrete mix design requiring a high early
strength, except where soil conditions make the use of Type II necessary. Shrinkage
compensation cement may be used only if approved by MTA.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-112 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.3.2 Foundation Materials

An appropriate foundation type shall be selected based on site borings and a foundation analysis
of the loads to be supported and the acceptable settlements. For the materials permitted to be
used for foundations of buildings, bridges and other structures, refer to Chapter 6, Geotechnical.

9.3.3 Structural Steel

Structural steel shall conform to the following requirements:

 Structural steel for building elements shall conform to the following:


o Wide-flange shapes: ASTM A992.
o HSS members: ASTM A500, Grade B.
o Open-web joists: Any of the following, depending on the series, manufacturer,
depth, span, and strength requirements:
 ASTM A36.
 ASTM A242.
 ASTM A529, Grade 50.
 ASTM A572, Grades 42 and 50.
 ASTM A588, Grade 50.
 ASTM A606.
 ASTM A1008.
 ASTM A1011.
o All other members: ASTM A36.
 Structural steel for primary bridge members shall conform to ASTM A709, Grade 50, 50W
or ASTM A588, Grade 50, 50W. If Grade 50 is not available for primary members, such
as rolled shapes used in curved steel girder cross frames, Grade 36 shall be permitted.
 Structural steel for secondary bridge members shall conform to ASTM A709, Grade 36
or Grade 50, or ASTM A588, Grade 36 or Grade 50.
 Structural steel for yard and shop facility building frames shall be of the types listed above
for structural steel buildings, but shall be a minimum of Grade 50, unless a detailed study
supports the use of another material.
 The toughness of structural steel for bridge members shall be T2 for non-fracture-critical
members or F2 for FCMs.
 The use of ASTM A588 steel shall be minimized in areas where the steel may be exposed
to de-icing salts.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-113 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 High performance steels (Grade 70) shall be investigated for special situations for bridge
applications. Hybrid girders shall be investigated and may be used if they provide benefits
to the project, client, and long term maintenance of the structure. Designers shall obtain
written approval from MTA before proceeding with final design of hybrid girders.
 All railings and handrails shall consist of stainless steel conforming to ASTM A312 Grade
TP321.
 Unless used in conjunction with weathering steel, all bolts, washers, and nuts for bridge
applications shall conform to ASTM A325 or A 490 and shall be galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A153. Where bolts, washers, and nuts are used in conjunction with
weathering steel for bridge applications, the bolts, washers, and nuts shall conform to
ASTM A325, Type 3. Designers shall specify washers and nuts conforming to ASTM
A563 and F 436, Type 3, respectively.
 Bolts, washers, and nuts for building applications shall conform to ASTM A307 or A325.
 Anchor bolts for bridge applications shall conform to ASTM A709 or ASTM F1554 and
shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. The design team shall specify the
grade of steel to be used.
 Anchor bolts for traffic signals, highway lighting, and signs shall conform to Section
909.08 of MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials.
 Paint system for non-weathering and weathering steel on bridges shall conform to Paint
System B as prescribed in Section 912.05 of MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for
Construction and Materials.
 Paint system for steel on building applications shall meet the finish requirements of
Chapter 11, Architecture, Urban Design, and Landscape Architecture.
 Structural steel for bearing plates in bridge applications shall conform to ASTM A709,
Grade 36 or Grade 50.
 Structural steel for overhead catenary system shall conform to Table 17.7 – Steel Material
in Chapter 17, Overhead Catenary System.

9.3.4 Additional Types of Steel

Additional types of steel not listed in Section 9.3.39.3.39.3.3, above, shall meet the following
requirements:

 Cold-formed steel shall be in accordance with ASTM A500.


 Galvanized metal roof deck steel shall be in accordance with ASTM A653.
 Steel for composite floor systems shall be galvanized and shall be in accordance with
ASTM A653.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-114 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.3.5 Concrete

Concrete for building structures shall have the following minimum 28-day cylinder compressive
strength (f’c) specified in the contract documents:

 Concrete topping for the composite metal deck of yard and shop facilities: (f’c) = 4,000 psi
lightweight concrete.
 Concrete topping on interior metal deck: (f’c) = 3,000 psi.
 Concrete for yard and shop basement and underground applications except slurry walls:
(f’c) = 4,000 psi.
 Concrete for slurry walls: (f’c) = 4,500 psi.
 All other concrete: (f’c) = 4,000 psi.
The minimum 28-day cylinder compressive strength (f’c) for non-segmental prestressed concrete
for bridge applications shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum 28-day compressive strength (f’c) for
non-segmental prestressed concrete for bridge applications shall be 10,000 psi.

The minimum 28-day cylinder compressive strength (f’c) for cast-in-place (CIP) segmental and
precast (including CIP joints) segmental concrete construction for bridge applications shall be
6,500 psi. The maximum 28-day compressive strength (f’c) for segmental prestressed concrete
for bridge applications shall be 10,000 psi.

All prestressed and post-tensioned concrete for bridge applications shall have a corrosion inhibitor
admixture added to the mix design.

Concrete for bridge applications shall have the minimum 28-day compressive strength (f’c)
specified in the contract documents:

 Overlays for prestressed beam bridges: (f’c) = 4,000 psi.


 Bridge deck, parapets, abutment backwalls, approach slabs, and parapet portions of
wingwalls(except as mentioned above): (f’c) = 4,500 psi.
 Bridge substructure: (f’c) = 3,500 psi.
 Grade beams and slabs on-grade: (f’c) = 4,500 psi.
If slip forming is used for concrete parapet or median construction on a bridge, concrete shall
have a minimum 28-day compressive strength (f’c) of 4,500 psi with a maximum slump of 1 inch,
measured at the placement point as the concrete is charged into the slip form machine. Crushed
stone meeting ASTM M43, size number 7, shall be used for the coarse aggregate. The coarse
aggregate shall be proportioned to be 63% of the total aggregate in the mix.

The design team may request approval from MTA for the use of lightweight and heavyweight
concrete. If approved, the concrete material shall be in accordance with Section 902 of MDSHA’s
Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-115 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

All other concrete for bridge and transportation applications shall be in accordance with Section
902 of MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials. The concrete
compressive strength required shall be provided in the contract documents. Designers may also
suggest alternate concrete mixes by stating their need and the alternate’s benefits to the project,
client, and long term maintenance of the structures. Designers shall obtain written approval from
MTA before specifying alternate concrete mixes in the contract documents.

Cast-in-place concrete for buildings, bridge, and transportation applications shall be designed
assuming a lower compressive strength (f’c) than will be specified on the contract documents.
This modification in the design strength accounts for low-strength cylinder breaks exhibited during
recent projects in the state of Maryland. The values presented in Table 9.8Table 9.8Table 9.8
represent the contract document value.

Table 9.8 – Design and Contract Document Values of Concrete


Design Value Contract Document Value
2,500 psi 3,000 psi
3,000 psi 3,500 psi
4,000 psi 4,500 psi
4,500 psi 5,000 psi
An effort shall be made to minimize variability of color in concrete elements adjacent to each other
and exposed to public view. The method of achieving this, and the limits of construction within
which this provision applies, shall be coordinated with architects, landscape architects, urban
planners, and the local jurisdiction on a case-by-case basis.

To facilitate proper moisture control of a slab-on-grade to meet the moisture limits of water-based
adhesives and durability during construction, a vapor retarder with a minimum thickness of ten
millimeters (10 mil) and a maximum permeance rating of 0.04 perm. shall be used. Where
moisture is a critical issue under the floor covering and a vapor barrier is required, it is
recommended to reduce the maximum permeance rating to 0.01 perm.

A permanent moisture barrier shall be provided beneath concrete slabs constructed at-grade for
enclosed buildings and inverts of tunnels and other subterranean enclosures. The moisture
barrier shall meet the requirements in Table 9.9Table 9.9Table 9.9.

Table 9.9 – Moisture Barrier Requirements


Specification
Test Property Test Method
Limits
Grab Tensile Strength, lb/in. at
D5034 70
12 in./minute rate of loading, min

Maryland Transit Administration 9-116 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

Table 9.9 – Moisture Barrier Requirements


Specification
Test Property Test Method
Limits
Pliability, 180° bend,
D146 Unaffected
1 in. mandrel at 20°F
Resistance to Puncture, E154 (square mounting
40
lb min frame method)
Permeance, perm
E96, Method B 0.1
(kg/Pa · s · m2), max
Weight, oz/yd2 min D3776 40
A non-metallic dust-on surface hardener and sealer shall be used on all slabs on-grade in the
maintenance areas of the Yard and Shop facilities. The aggregate shall not consist of crushed or
fractured aggregate particles, but shall be the natural configuration. All components of the surface
hardener shall be formulated and processed under stringent quality control.

9.3.6 Reinforcing Steel

All reinforcing steel for building applications, including yard and shop facilities, shall conform to
ASTM A615 Grade 60.

All welded wire mesh for building applications shall conform to ASTM A185.

All reinforcing steel for bridge and transportation applications, including roadways and yard and
shop non-building applications, shall conform to Section 908.01 as prescribed in MDSHA’s
Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials. Designers may also suggest alternate
forms of reinforcement such as stainless steel reinforcement and Glass Fiber Reinforcement
(GFRP) by stating their need and the alternate’s benefits to the project, client, and long term
maintenance of the structures. The use of corrosion-resistant reinforcing steel requires written
approval by MTA.

Welded wire fabric (WWF) for bridge and transportation applications, including roadways and yard
and shop non-building applications, shall conform to Section 908.05 as prescribed in MDSHA’s
Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials. Galvanized WWF in conformance with
Section 908.07 as prescribed in MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials
may be used in slabs on-grade or pedestrian bridge decks in lieu of epoxy coated reinforcement.

Galvanized coating for fabric, ties, and connecting wire shall be at least 0.8 oz/ft2 when tested
per ASTM A90.

Epoxy-coated reinforcing steel shall conform to Section 917.02 as prescribed in MDSHA’s


Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials and shall be coordinated with the
requirements of Chapter 14, Corrosion Control. Epoxy-coated reinforcing steel may be used at
the following locations:

 Deck slabs.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-117 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

 Approach slabs.
 Moment slabs.
 Barriers and parapets.
 Bearing seat pads under bridge deck roadway joints.
 All concrete superstructure/railway elements.
 Abutment backwalls.
 Abutment bearing seat areas.
 Pier caps under bridge deck roadway joints.
 End post and parapet portion of wingwalls.
 Portions of retaining walls, piers, abutments, and noise wall components located within
10 feet of the outside edge of the shoulder of any nearby roadway or areas where de-
icing salts are used, measured vertically and/or horizontally.
 Top mat of the top slab including truss bars and any reinforcement extending into the top
of the top slab for box culverts with less than 1 feet 6 inches of cover.

9.3.7 Prestressing Steel

Prestressing steel shall be 0.5 inch or 0.6 inch-diameter low-relaxation strands conforming to
ASTM A416 Grade 270.

9.3.8 Post-Tensioning Steel

Post-tensioning steel strand tendons shall be 0.5 inch-diameter low-relaxation strands conforming
to ASTM A416 Grade 270, including the following requirements:

 Ultimate strength of prestressing steel (fpu): 270 ksi.


 Yield stress (fpy) may be taken as 0.9fpu = 243 ksi.
 Apparent modulus of elasticity: 28,500 ksi.
Post-tensioned parallel wires shall conform to ASTM A421. Bar tendons (high strength threaded
bars) shall conform to ASTM A722 Grade 150, including the following requirements:

 Ultimate strength of bar (fpu): 150 ksi.


 Yield stress (fpy) may be taken as 0.8fpu = 120 ksi.
 Modulus of elasticity: 30,000 ksi.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-118 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.3.9 Fiberglass Reinforced Polymers (FRP)

Fiberglass reinforced polymers shall be preformed sheets and shall conform to the specifications
in Table 9.10Table 9.10Table 9.10.

Table 9.10 – Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer Requirements


Specification
Property Test Method
Limits
Density, g/cm, min D 792 1.25
Absorption, % max D 570 1
Tensile Strength,
average of five specimens
in both the transverse and D 638 10,000
longitudinal direction,
psi min
Thickness, in. — 3/16
Thickness Tolerance, in. — +1/16, -0
In accordance with
Color No. TBD
Chapter 11

9.3.10 Steel Stay-in-Place (SIP) Forms

Steel forms which remain in place shall be fabricated from steel conforming to Section 909.11 of
MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials. The minimum thickness of the
steel SIP forms shall be 0.0359 inch.

9.3.11 Timber

Structural timber elements of all permanent and temporary structures shall meet the material
requirements of AASHTO M168. The manufacturer shall furnish certification as required within
MTA’s Standard Specifications.

9.3.12 Fire Protection

See Chapter 21, Fire Alarm/Security Systems, and Chapter 22, Fire and Life Safety, for
requirements regarding fire protection of building and bridge structures.

When working adjacent to, or within, WMATA ROW, WMATA’s Adjacent Construction Project
Manual shall be followed for specific requirements for temporary works. When working adjacent
to property owned by an entity other than MTA, including other railroad tracks and buildings, fire
protection shall be in accordance with the owner’s specifications.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-119 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.3.13 Waterproofing and Dampproofing

Materials for waterproofing and dampproofing applications shall be in accordance with Section
913 of MDSHA’s Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials.

9.3.14 Grating

All grating for personnel walkways and vent shaft covers shall be made of steel in accordance
with these design criteria. Slip resistant grit finish is preferred. FRP is not permitted for use in
this application.

9.3.15 Utilities

Allowable materials for utility applications shall be in accordance with Chapter 7, Civil, Traffic, and
Utilities.

9.3.16 Backfill

Materials used for backfill, including lightweight backfill, shall be in accordance with Chapter 6,
Geotechnical.

Backfill placed below the ground grid elevation for traction power substations shall be of the lowest
resistivity available. Design requirements shall be coordinated with the geotechnical engineering
team.

9.3.17 Ventilation Shafts

Air passages shall be constructed of smooth concrete or stainless steel sheet metal duct work.

9.3.18 Geofoam

Geofoam material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D6817.

9.3.19 High-Strength Geotextile

High-strength geotextile fabric shall conform to the requirements of Section 921.09 of MDSHA’s
Standard Specifications for Construction and Materials.

9.3.20 Fencing

Material requirements only for barriers over electrified railroads shall be in accordance with
MDSHA Standard BR-SS(5.02)-76-55.

For additional information on fencing types and material requirements, see Chapter 7, Civil,
Traffic, and Utilities.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-120 SeptemberJuly 20143


MTA Purple/Red Light Rail Design Criteria Chapter 9: Structural

9.3.21 Fly Ash

Fly ash shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C618. The use of fly ash or other material
that supports the flow of current is prohibited in any application where stray currents may be
present. MTA must approve the use of fly ash in any application.

Maryland Transit Administration 9-121 SeptemberJuly 20143


Page 9-x: [1] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [1] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [2] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [2] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [3] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [3] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [4] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [4] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [5] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [5] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [6] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [6] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [7] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-x: [7] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [8] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [8] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [9] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [9] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [10] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [10] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [11] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [11] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [12] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [12] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [13] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [13] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [14] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [14] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-x: [15] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [15] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [16] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [16] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [17] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [17] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [18] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [18] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [19] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [19] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-x: [20] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [20] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [21] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [21] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [22] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [22] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [23] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [23] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [24] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [24] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [25] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [25] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-x: [26] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-x: [26] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [27] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [27] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [28] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [28] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [29] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [29] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [30] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [30] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [31] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [31] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [32] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [32] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [33] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [33] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [34] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [34] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [35] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [35] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [36] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [36] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [37] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [37] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [38] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [38] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xi: [39] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [39] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [40] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [40] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [41] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [41] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [42] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [42] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [43] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [43] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [44] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [44] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [45] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xi: [45] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [46] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [46] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [47] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [47] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [48] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [48] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [49] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [49] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [50] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [50] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [51] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [51] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [52] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [52] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [53] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [53] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [54] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [54] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xi: [55] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [55] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [56] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xi: [56] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [57] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [57] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xii: [58] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [58] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [59] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [59] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [60] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [60] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [61] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [61] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [62] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [62] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [63] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [63] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [64] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xii: [64] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [65] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [65] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [66] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [66] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [67] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [67] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [68] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [68] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [69] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [69] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [70] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [70] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [71] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [71] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [72] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [72] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [73] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [73] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [74] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [74] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [75] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [75] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [76] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [76] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xii: [77] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [77] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [78] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [78] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [79] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [79] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [80] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [80] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [81] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [81] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [82] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [82] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [83] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xii: [83] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [84] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [84] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [85] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xii: [85] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiii: [86] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiii: [86] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiii: [87] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiii: [87] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiii: [88] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [88] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [89] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [89] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [90] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [90] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [91] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [91] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [92] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [92] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [93] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [93] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [94] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [94] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [95] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [95] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xiii: [96] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [96] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [97] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [97] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [98] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [98] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [99] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [99] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [100] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [100] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [101] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiii: [101] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiii: [102] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xiii: [102] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [103] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [103] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [104] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [104] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [105] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [105] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [106] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [106] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [107] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [107] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [108] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [108] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [109] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [109] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [110] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [110] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [111] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [111] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [112] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [112] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [113] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [113] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [114] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [114] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xiii: [115] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiii: [115] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [116] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [116] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [117] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [117] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [118] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [118] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [119] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [119] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [120] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [120] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [121] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xiv: [121] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [122] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [122] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [123] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [123] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [124] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [124] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [125] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [125] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [126] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [126] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [127] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [127] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [128] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [128] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [129] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [129] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [130] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [130] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [131] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [131] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [132] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Not Expanded by / Condensed by

Page 9-xiv: [132] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Not Expanded by / Condensed by

Page 9-xiv: [133] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [133] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xiv: [134] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [134] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xiv: [135] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [135] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [136] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [136] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [137] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [137] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [138] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [138] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [139] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [139] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [140] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xiv: [140] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [141] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [141] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [142] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [142] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [143] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [143] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [144] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xiv: [144] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [145] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [145] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [146] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [146] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [147] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [147] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [148] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [148] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [149] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [149] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [150] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [150] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [151] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [151] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [152] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [152] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xv: [153] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [153] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [154] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [154] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [155] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [155] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [156] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [156] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [157] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [157] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [158] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [158] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [159] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xv: [159] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [160] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [160] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [161] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [161] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [162] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [162] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [163] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [163] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [164] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [164] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [165] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [165] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [166] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [166] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [167] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [167] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xv: [168] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [168] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [169] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [169] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [170] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [170] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [171] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [171] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xv: [172] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xv: [172] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [173] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [173] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [174] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [174] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [175] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [175] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [176] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [176] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [177] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [177] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [178] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xvi: [178] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [179] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [179] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [180] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [180] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [181] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Not Expanded by / Condensed by

Page 9-xvi: [181] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Not Expanded by / Condensed by

Page 9-xvi: [182] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [182] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [183] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [183] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [184] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [184] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [185] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [185] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [186] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [186] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [187] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [187] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [188] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [188] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [189] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [189] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [190] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [190] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xvi: [191] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [191] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [192] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [192] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [193] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [193] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [194] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [194] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [195] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [195] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [196] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [196] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [197] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xvi: [197] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvi: [198] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [198] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [199] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [199] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [200] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [200] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [201] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [201] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [202] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvi: [202] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [203] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [203] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [204] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [204] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [205] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [205] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [206] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [206] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [207] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [207] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [208] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [208] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [209] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [209] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xvii: [210] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [210] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [211] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [211] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [212] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [212] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [213] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [213] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [214] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [214] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [215] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [215] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xvii: [216] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xvii: [216] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [217] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [217] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [218] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [218] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [219] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [219] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [220] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [220] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [221] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [221] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [222] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [222] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [223] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [223] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [224] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [224] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [225] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [225] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [226] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [226] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [227] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [227] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [228] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [228] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xvii: [229] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [229] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [230] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [230] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [231] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [231] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [232] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xvii: [232] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [233] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [233] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [234] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [234] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [235] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font
Page 9-xviii: [235] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [236] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [236] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [237] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [237] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [238] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [238] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [239] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [239] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [240] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [240] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [241] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [241] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [242] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [242] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [243] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [243] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [244] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [244] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [244] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [245] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [245] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [245] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [245] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [246] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xviii: [246] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [247] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [247] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [248] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [248] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [249] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [249] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [250] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [250] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [251] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [251] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [252] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [252] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar
Page 9-xviii: [253] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM
Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [253] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font

Page 9-xviii: [254] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [254] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [255] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [255] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [256] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [256] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [257] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [257] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [258] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [258] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [259] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [259] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [260] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [260] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [261] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

Page 9-xviii: [261] Formatted cmattiello 9/25/2014 8:48:00 AM


Default Paragraph Font, Check spelling and grammar

You might also like